Toshiba Cassette Player MMU AP0071MH User Manual

FILE NO. A06-002  
SERVICE MANUAL  
<Compact 4-Way Air Discharge CassetteType>  
MMU-AP0071MH  
MMU-AP0091MH  
MMU-AP0121MH  
MMU-AP0151MH  
MMU-AP0181MH  
• This Service Manual describes contents of the Compact 4-Way Air Discharge Cassette indoor unit.  
For the outdoor unit, refer to the Manual with FILE No. A03-009, A05-004, A05-015.  
PRINTED IN JAPAN, Apr., 2006 ToMo  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SAFETY CAUTION  
The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual.  
Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents,  
and keep them.  
WARNING  
Before troubleshooting or repair work, check the earth wire is connected to the earth  
terminals of the main unit, otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs.  
If the earth wire is not correctly connected, contact an electric engineer for rework.  
Check earth wires.  
Do not modify the products.  
Do not also disassemble or modify the parts. It may cause a fire, electric shock or injury.  
Prohibition of modification.  
For spare parts, use those specified ().  
If unspecified parts are used, a fire or electric shock may be caused.  
: For details, refer to the parts list.  
Use specified parts.  
Before troubleshooting or repair work, do not bring a third party (a child, etc.) except  
the repair engineers close to the equipment.  
It causes an injury with tools or disassembled parts.  
Do not bring a child  
Please inform the users so that the third party (a child, etc.) does not approach the equipment.  
close to the equipment.  
Insulating measures  
Connect the cut-off lead cables with crimp contact, etc, put the closed end side  
upward and then apply a water-cut method, otherwise a leak or production of fire is  
caused at the users’ side.  
When repairing the refrigerating cycle, take the following measures.  
1) Be attentive to fire around the cycle. When using a gas stove, etc, be sure to put out fire  
before work; otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire.  
2) Do not use a welder in the closed room. When using it without ventilation, carbon  
monoxide poisoning may be caused.  
No fire  
3) Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle, otherwise fire of the welder may  
catch the inflammables.  
Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which  
match with it.  
For the products which use R410A refrigerant, the refrigerant name is indicated at a  
position on the outdoor unit where is easy to see. To prevent miss-charging, the route of the  
service port is changed from one of the former R22.  
For an air conditioner which uses R410A, never use other refrigerant than R410A.  
For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant (R22, etc.), never use R410A.  
If different types of refrigerant are mixed, abnormal high pressure generates in the refriger-  
ating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused.  
Do not charge refrigerant additionally.  
If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks, the refrigerant composition in  
the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteristics or  
refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is  
applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury.  
Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks, recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner, execute  
vacuuming, and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant. In this time,  
never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount.  
Refrigerant  
When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle, do not mix the refrigerant  
or air other than R410A into the specified refrigerant.  
If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant, abnormal high pressure generates in the  
refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage.  
After installation work, check the refrigerant gas does not leak.  
If the refrigerant gas leaks in the room, poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire  
such as fan heater, stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous.  
Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit.  
When the equipment is moved or repaired, be sure to recover the refrigerant with recover-  
ing device. The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit; otherwise a serious  
accident such as breakage or injury is caused.  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WARNING  
After repair work, surely assemble the disassembled parts, and connect and lead the  
removed cables as before. Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not  
catch the inner cables.  
If incorrect assembly or incorrect cable connection was done, a disaster such as a leak or  
fire is caused at user’s side.  
Assembly/Cabling  
After the work has finished, be sure to use an insulation tester set (500V mugger) to  
check the resistance is 2MW or more between the charge section and the non-charge  
metal section (Earth position).  
If the resistance value is low, a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user’s  
side.  
Insulator check  
Ventilation  
When the refrigerant gas leaks during work, execute ventilation.  
If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire, poisonous gas generates. A case of leakage of the  
refrigerant and the closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen  
occurs. Be sure to execute ventilation.  
When checking the circuit inevitably under condition of the power-ON, use rubber  
gloves and others not to touch to the charging section.  
If touching to the charging section, an electric shock may be caused.  
Be attentive to  
electric shock  
When the refrigerant gas leaks, find up the leaked position and repair it surely.  
If the leaked position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted, pump-down  
and tighten the service valve, otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room.  
The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater, stove or cocking  
stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous.  
When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such  
as a multi air conditioner in a sub-room, it is necessary that the density does not the  
limit even if the refrigerant leaks.  
Compulsion  
If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density, an accident of shortage of oxygen is  
caused.  
For the installation/moving/reinstallation work, follow to the Installation Manual.  
If an incorrect installation is done, a trouble of the refrigerating cycle, water leak, electric  
shock or fire is caused.  
After repair work has finished, check there is no trouble.  
If check is not executed, a fire, electric shock or injury may be caused. For a check, turn off  
the power breaker.  
After repair work (installation of front panel and cabinet) has finished, execute a test  
run to check there is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound.  
Check after rerair  
If check is not executed, a fire or an electric shock is caused. Before test run, install the  
front panel and cabinet.  
Check the following items after reinstallation.  
1) The earth wire is correctly connected.  
2) The power cord is not caught in the product.  
Check after reinstallation  
3) There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable.  
If check is not executed, a fire, an electric shock or an injury is caused.  
CAUTION  
Be sure to put on gloves () during repair work.  
If not putting on gloves, an injury may be caused with the parts, etc.  
() Heavy gloves such as work gloves  
Put on gloves  
Cooling check  
When the power was turned on, start to work after the equipment has been  
sufficiently cooled.  
As temperature of the compressor pipes and others became high due to cooling/heating  
operation, a burn may be caused.  
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• New Refrigerant (R410A)  
This air conditioner adopts a new HFC type refrigerant (R410A) which does not deplete the ozone layer.  
1. Safety Caution Concerned to New Refrigerant  
The pressure of R410A is high 1.6 times of that of the former refrigerant (R22). Accompanied with change of  
refrigerant, the refrigerating oil has been also changed.Therefore, be sure that water, dust, the former refriger-  
ant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with new refriger-  
ant during installation work or service work. If an incorrect work or incorrect service is performed, there is a  
possibility to cause a serious accident. Use the tools and materials exclusive to R410A to purpose a safe work.  
2. Cautions on Installation/Service  
(1) Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil.  
For the tools exclusive to R410A, shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the  
former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them.  
(2) As the use pressure of the new refrigerant is high, use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are  
specified for R410A.  
(3) In the installation time, use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do  
not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water, oxide scales, oil, etc. Use the clean  
pipes.  
Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas. (Never use gas other than nitrogen gas.)  
(4) For the earth protection, use a vacuum pump for air purge.  
(5) R410A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant.Therefore use liquid type to charge the refrigerant.  
(If using gas for charging, composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air condi-  
tioner change.)  
3. Pipe Materials  
For the refrigerant pipes, copper pipe and joints are mainly used. It is necessary to select the most appropriate  
pipes to conform to the standard. Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a  
minimum.  
(1) Copper pipe  
<Piping>  
The pipe thickness, flare finishing size, flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type.  
When using a long copper pipe for R410A, it is recommended to select “Copper or copper-base pipe without  
seam” and one with bonded oil amount 40mg/10m or less. Also do not use crushed, deformed, discolored  
(especially inside) pipes. (Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes.)  
<Flare nut>  
Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit.  
(2) Joint  
The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe.  
The joints are rarely used for installation of the air conditioner. However clear impurities when using them.  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Tools  
(1) Required Tools for R410A  
Mixing of different types of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge, clogging of capillary, etc.  
Accordingly, the tools to be used are classified into the following three types.  
1) Tools exclusive for R410A (Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant (R22))  
2) Tools exclusive for R410A, but can be also used for conventional refrigerant (R22)  
3) Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant (R22)  
The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability.  
Tools exclusive for R410A (The following tools for R410A are required.)  
Tools whose specifications are changed for R410A and their interchangeability  
R410A  
Conventional air  
air conditioner installation  
conditioner installation  
No.  
Used tool  
Usage  
Existence of  
Whether conven-  
Whether new equipment  
new equipment tional equipment can can be used with  
for R410A  
be used  
conventional refrigerant  
Flare tool  
Pipe flaring  
Ye s  
*(Note 1)  
Ye s  

Copper pipe gauge for  
adjusting projection  
margin  
Flaring by conventional  
flare tool  
Ye s  
Ye s  
*(Note 1)  
No  
*(Note 1)  
No  
Torque wrench  
Gauge manifold  
Charge hose  
Connection of flare nut  
ƒ
Evacuating, refrigerant  
charge, run check, etc.  
Ye s  
No  
No  
Vacuum pump adapter Vacuum evacuating  
Ye s  
Ye s  
No  
Ye s  
Ye s  
Electronic balance for  
Refrigerant charge  
refrigerant charging  
Ye s  
Refrigerant cylinder  
Leakage detector  
Charging cylinder  
Refrigerant charge  
Gas leakage check  
Refrigerant charge  
Ye s  
Ye s  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Ye s  
No  
ˆ
(Note 2)  
(Note 1) When flaring is carried out for R410A using the conventional flare tools, adjustment of projection  
margin is necessary. For this adjustment, a copper pipe gauge, etc. are necessary.  
(Note 2) Charging cylinder for R410A is being currently developed.  
General tools (Conventional tools can be used.)  
In addition to the above exclusive tools, the following equipments which serve also for R22 are necessary  
as the general tools.  
(1) Vacuum pump  
(7) Screwdriver (+, –)  
Use vacuum pump by  
attaching vacuum pump adapter.  
(8) Spanner or Monkey wrench  
(9) Hole core drill  
(2) Torque wrench  
(3) Pipe cutter  
(4) Reamer  
(10) Hexagon wrench (Opposite side 4mm)  
(11) Tape measure  
(12) Metal saw  
(5) Pipe bender  
(6) Level vial  
Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check.  
(1) Clamp meter  
(2) Thermometer  
(3) Insulation resistance tester  
(4) Electroscope  
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Recharge of Refrigerant  
When recharge of the refrigerant is required, charge the new refrigerant with the specified amount in the  
procedure as described below.  
Recover the refrigerant and check there is no refrigerant in the  
equipment.  
When the pressure has lowered until indication of the  
compound gauge pointed -0.1MPa (–76cmHg), open fully the  
handle Low and turn off the power of vacuum pump.  
Connect the charge hose to the packed valve service ports at gas  
side, liquid side, and balance side of the outdoor unit.  
Leave it as it is for 1 to 2 minutes and check the indicator of  
the compound gauge does not return.  
Connect the charge hose to vacuum pump adaptor.  
Set the refrigerant cylinder on the electron balance, connect  
the charge hose to connecting ports of the cylinder and the  
electron gauge, and then charge the liquid refrigerant from the  
service port at liquid side. (Shield with the gauge manifold so  
that refrigerant does not flow to gas side.)  
Open the packed valves of the balance pipe fully at liquid and gas  
sides, and then return the valve at gas side a little to the closed side.  
Open fully PMV of the outdoor unit.  
(Charge the refrigerant as below.)  
Turn on power of the outdoor unit.  
• Short CN30 on I/F P.C. board of the outdoor unit.  
Low-  
High-  
Turn off power of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes after short-circuiting.  
pressure gauge pressure gauge  
Connected to  
indoor unit  
Valve fully closed  
(gas side)  
Open fully the handle Low of the gauge manifold, and then turn on  
the power of vacuum pump for vacuuming.  
Gauge  
manifold  
V
L
VH  
Main  
pipe  
Center unit  
Brazed  
Service  
port  
Copper pipe  
Reducing  
valve  
Ø6.4  
Fully  
tightened  
Never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount.  
Do not charge the additional refrigerant.  

Service port  
If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas  
leaks, the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating  
cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner  
characteristics or refrigerant over the specified stan-  
dard amount is charged and an abnormal high  
pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating  
Ø6.4  
Copper pipe  
Valve fully closed  
(liquid side)  
Nitrogen  
gas  
Connected to other  
terminal units  
cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury.  
4mm-hexagonal wrench is required.  
Set the equipment so that liquid refrigerant can be charged.  

When using a cylinder with siphon pipe, liquid can be charged without inversing the cylinder.  
[ Cylinder with siphon ]  
[ Cylinder without siphon ]  
Gauge manifold  
Gauge manifold  
Siphon  
OUTDOOR unit  
OUTDOOR unit  
c y l i n d e r  
a n t i g e r R e f r  
Refrigerant  
cylinder  
Electronic  
balance  
Electronic  
balance  
R410A refrigerant is consisted with HFC mixed refrigerant.  
Therefore if the refrigerant gas is charged, the composition  
of the charged refrigerant changes and characteristics of  
the equipment changes.  
6. Environment  
Use “Vacuum pump method” for an air purge (Discharge of air in the connecting pipe) in installation time.  
• Do not discharge flon gas into the air to protect the earth environment.  
• Using the vacuum pump method, clear the remained air (Nitrogen, etc.) in the unit. If the air remains, the  
pressure in the refrigerating cycle becomes abnormally high and an injury and others are caused due to burst.  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1. CONSTRUCTION VIEWS (EXTERNAL VIEWS)  
200  
595 to 660 Ceiling open dimension  
1000 or more  
Check port  
(
450)  
Check port  
(
450)  
Check port  
(
450)  
Obustacle  
Drain-up standing-up size  
Indoor unit  
1000 or more  
Bottom face  
of ceiling  
Note)  
As ABS is used for the drain discharge port of the main unit,  
the vinyl chloride paste cannot be used.  
Use the flexible hose (Band fix) included in the package.  
4
Space required for  
installation and servicing  
• Wired remote  
controller  
(RBC-AMT31E)  
16  
120  
142  
64  
368.5  
268  
220.5  
145.5  
27  
Knockout for fresh  
air intake Ø100  
145.5  
93  
700 Panel external dimension  
595 to 660 Ceiling open dimension  
525 Hanging bolt pitch  
Drain discharge port  
Bottom face  
of ceiling  
Bottom face  
of ceiling  
134  
63  
Hanging bolt  
M10 or W3/8  
local arrange  
105 70  
Ceiling panel  
Ø162  
(Pitch)  
4-Ø3.2 hole  
(For 4mm  
tapping screw)  
Ø162 (Pitch)  
Wiring connection  
port  
Refrigerant pipe  
(Liquid) Ø6.4  
Electric parts box  
320.5  
For branch duct  
knockout square hole Ø150  
55  
70 105 93  
139.5  
For branch ductt  
knockout square  
hole Ø150  
575 Unit external dimension  
4-Ø3.2 hole  
(For 4mm tapping screw)  
190.5  
Refrigerant pipe (Gas)  
0151, 0181MH : Ø12.7  
0071 to 0121MH : Ø9.5  
Bottom face of ceiling  
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. WIRING DIAGRAM  
PMV  
TC1  
3
TA  
TCJ  
TC2  
6 4 3 1 2 5  
6 4 3 1 2 5  
FS  
CN309  
(YEL)  
1 2 3 4 5 6  
1 2 3 4 5 6  
1
1
3
1 2  
1 2  
1 2  
1 2  
1 2  
1 2  
1 2 3  
1 2 3  
3
1
CN41  
(BLU)  
CN333  
(WHI)  
CN82 (BLU)  
CN100  
(BRW)  
CN34 CN104 CN102 CN101  
(RED) (YEL) (RED) (BLK)  
BLK  
BLK  
5 5  
3 3  
1 1  
3 3  
2
1 1  
Motor  
drive circuit  
CN40  
(BLU)  
BLU  
BLU  
2 2  
1 1  
CN334  
(WHI)  
5 5  
4 4  
3
U1 U2  
A
B
2
1 1  
1
2
CN71  
CN72  
(CHK)  
(DISP)  
WHI  
BLK  
CN68  
(BLU)  
1
2
1 2  
1 2  
U1 U2  
1 1  
3 3  
1
CN001  
(WHI)  
RY302  
RY303  
DP  
Outdoor  
unit  
Adapter for  
wireless  
remote controller  
Wireed  
remote controller  
3
2
1
CN304  
(GRY)  
CN80  
(GRN)  
PNL  
3
Fuse  
Fuse  
T3.15A  
250V ~  
CN67  
(BLK)  
1 1  
T6.3A  
2
1
CN73  
(RED)  
250V  
~
EXCT  
Filter  
RED  
DC20V  
Power  
supply  
circuit  
DC15V  
DC12V  
DC 7 V  
WHI  
2
1
CN70  
(WHI)  
3 3  
P301  
BLK  
5
4
3
2
1
CN20  
(BLU)  
Indoor unit  
earth screw  
Flow selector  
unit earth screw  
GRL  
1
2
CN66  
(WHI)  
Control P.C. board  
for Indoor unit  
MCC-1402  
1 1  
2 2  
3 3  
4 4  
5 5  
1 1  
2 2  
3 3  
4 4  
5 5  
1 1  
2 2  
3 3  
4 4  
5 5  
1
2
CN44  
(BRW)  
R(L) S(N)  
CN33  
(WHI)  
LM1  
Power supply  
single phase  
220-240V, 50Hz  
220V, 60Hz  
1
2
3
4
5
CN50  
(WHI)  
1 1  
2 2  
3 3  
4 4  
5 5  
CN32  
(WHI)  
CN61  
(YEL)  
CN60  
(WHI)  
CN81  
(BLK)  
LM2  
1 2  
1 2 3 4 5 6  
1 2 3 4 5 6  
Option  
1 2 3 4 5  
T10  
(Fan drive)  
Color  
indication  
Symbol  
FM  
Parts name  
Fan motor  
TA  
TC1  
TCJ  
TC2  
LM1, LM2  
DP  
FS  
RY302  
PMV  
Indoor temp. sensor  
Temp. sensor  
Temp. sensor  
Temp. sensor  
Louver motor  
Drain pump motor  
Float switch  
Drain control relay  
Pulse motor valve  
RED : RED  
WHI : WHITE  
YEL : YELLOW  
BLU : BLUE  
BLK : BLACK  
GRY : GRAY  
PNK : PINK  
ORN: ORANGE  
BRW: BROWN  
GRN: GREEN  
1.  
indicates the terminal bolock letter.  
Letter at inside indicates the terminal number.  
2. A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site  
3. indicates a control P.C. board.  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. PARTS RATING  
3-1. Parts Rating  
Model  
MMU-  
AP0071MH  
AP0091MH  
AP0121MH  
SWF-230-60-1R  
MP24Z3N  
AP0151MH  
AP0181MH  
Fan motor  
Motor for horizontal grille  
Pulse motor  
EDM-MD12TF-3  
Pulse motor valve  
TA sensor  
EDM-B25YGTF-3  
Lead wire length : 155mm Vinyl tube  
Ø4 size lead wire length : 1400mm Vinyl tube  
EDM-B40YGTF-3  
TC1 sensor  
TC2 sensor  
Ø6 size lead wire length : 1500mm Vinyl tube (Black)  
Ø6 size lead wire length : 1400mm Vinyl tube (Red)  
FS-0218-103  
TCJ sensor  
Float switch  
Drain pump motor  
ADP-1409  
3-2. Name of Each Part  
Earth screw  
Air outlet/Air outlet flap  
It is included in the electric parts box.  
Select air blow direction in cooling or  
heating operation each.  
Clip  
The clip is to open/close the air inlet grille.  
Air filter  
Removes dust and trash.  
(Air filter is provided in the air grille.)  
Air inlet grille  
Air in the room is sucked from here.  
10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3-3. Parts Name of Remote Controller  
Display section  
In the display example, all indicators are displayed for the explanation.  
In reality only, the selected contents are indicated.  
CODE No.  
SET DATA SETTING TEST  
UNIT No.  
Display  
section  
R.C.  
No.  
H
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
• When turning on the leak breaker at the first time, [SET DATA] flashes on the  
display part of the remote controller. While this display is flashing, the model is  
being automatically confirmed. Accordingly, wait for a while after [SET DATA]  
display has disappeared, and then use the remote controller.  
TIMER SET  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
VENT  
Operation  
section  
TIME  
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
7 8 9  
2
17  
16  
13  
14  
CODE No.  
1
SET DATA  
SETTING TEST  
3
5
UNIT No.  
10  
4
6
R.C.  
No.  
H
11  
12  
15  
1
2
3
SET DATA display  
12  
13  
PRE-HEAT display  
Displayed when the heating operation starts.  
Displayed during setup of the timer.  
While this indication is displayed, the indoor fan  
stops.  
Operation mode select display  
The selected operation mode is displayed.  
Operation ready display  
CHECK display  
Displayed when cooling or heating operation is  
impossible because the outdoor temperature goes  
out of the operable range.  
Displayed while the protective device works or a  
trouble occurs.  
4
5
Timer time display  
14  
15  
No function display  
Time of the timer is displayed. (When a trouble  
occurs, the check code is displayed.)  
Displayed if there is no function even if the button is  
pushed.  
Timer SETIN setup display  
Air volume select display  
When pushing the Timer SET button, the display  
of the timer is selected in order of  
The selected air volume mode is displayed.  
(AUTO)  
(MED.)  
(HIGH)  
(LOW)  
[OFF]  
[ON]  
[OFF] repeat OFF timer  
No display.  
16  
17  
Mode select control display  
6
7
8
9
Filter display  
Displayed when pushing “Operation mode select  
button while the operation mode is fixed to heating  
or cooling by the system manager of the air condi-  
tioner.  
If “FILTER  
” is displayed, clean the air filter.  
TEST run display  
Displayed during a test run.  
Central control display  
Flap position display  
Displayed when using the remote controller together  
with the central control remote controller, etc.  
If Remote controller is prohibited at the  
Displays flap position.  
SWING display  
centralcontrol side,  
flashes when operating  
ON / OFF  
MODE  
Displayed during up/down movement of the flap.  
,
,
/
buttons and  
the change is not accepted.  
10  
11  
Set up temperature display  
(The contents available to be set up on the remote  
controller differ according to the central control  
mode. For details, refer to Owner’s Manual of the  
central control remote controller.)  
The selected set up temp. is displayed.  
Remote controller sensor display  
Displayed while the sensor of the remote  
controller is used.  
11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Operation section  
Push each button to select a desired operation.  
This remote controller can operate the maximum 8 indoor units.  
• The details of the operation needs to be set up once, afterward, the air conditioner can be used by pushing  
ON / OFF  
button only.  
7
1
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
8
10  
2
TIMER SET  
FAN  
MODE  
VENT  
9
4
6
TIME  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
5
3
ON / OFF  
1
2
Air volume select button  
8
button  
Selects the desired air volume mode.  
When the button is pushed, the operation starts,  
and it stops by pushing the button again.  
Timer set button  
When the operation has stopped, the operation  
lamp and all the displays disappear.  
TIMER SET button is used when the timer is set  
up.  
9
Operation select button  
3
4
Check button  
Selects desired operation mode.  
The CHECK button is used for the check opera-  
tion. During normal operation, do not use this  
button.  
10  
Set up temperature button  
Adjusts the room temperature.  
Set the desired set temperature by pushing  
Fan button  
or  
.
FAN button is used when a fan which is sold on  
the market or etc. is connected.  
OPTION :  
5
6
Filter reset button  
Resets (Erases) “FILTER  
” display.  
Remote controller sensor  
Usually the TEMP. sensor of the indoor unit senses  
the temperature.The temperature on the surround-  
ing of the remote controller can also be sensed.  
For details, contact the dealer from which you have  
purchased the air conditioner.  
Wind direction and Swing  
UNIT  
:
If the multiple indoor units are operated by only  
one remote controller, select the units when the  
air direction is adjusted.  
• In case that one remote controller controls the  
multiple indoor units, the setup operation is  
unavailable in group control.  
SWING/FIX  
:
Set up the auto swing and angle of the flap.  
7
Operation lamp  
Lamp is lit during the operation. Lamp is off when  
stopped.  
Although it flashes when operating the protection  
device or abnormal time.  
12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3-4. Correct Usage  
When you use the air conditioner for the first time or when you change the SET DATA value, follow the proce-  
dure below. From the next time, the operation displayed on the remote controller will start by pushing the  
ON / OFF  
button only.  
Preparation  
Turn on the main power switch and/or the leakage breaker.  
• When the power supply is turned on, a partition line is displayed on the display part of the remote controller.  
* After the power supply is turned on, the remote controller does not accept an operation for approx. 1 minute,  
but it is not a failure.  
REQUIREMENT  
ON / OFF  
• While using the air conditioner, operate it only with  
switch and the leak breaker.  
button without turning off the main power  
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
1
4
3
TIMER SET  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
2
TIME  
VENT  
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
ON / OFF  
Cooling only model  
1
2
Push  
button.  
The operation lamp goes on, and the operation starts.  
DRY  
COOL  
FAN  
MODE  
Select an operation mode with the “MODE  
” button.  
One push of the button, and the display  
changes in the order shown on the right.  
Heat-pump model  
• In HEAT  
mode, if the room temperature reaches to  
AUTO  
HEAT  
DRY  
COOL  
FAN  
LOW  
the set temperature, the outdoor unit stops and the air  
flow becomes ULTRA LOW and the air volume decreases.  
(Dehumidity)  
• In the heating mode, the fan stops so that cool air is not discharged and Heat  
is displayed.  
FAN  
3
4
Select air volume with “FAN  
” button.  
AUTO  
HIGH  
MED.  
One push of the button, and the display  
changes in the order shown on the right.  
• When air volume is “AUTO  
temp. and room temp.  
”, air volume differs according to the temperature difference between set  
• In DRY  
mode, “AUTO  
” is displayed and the air volume is LOW.  
• In heating operation, if the room temperature is not heated sufficiently with VOLUME “LOW ” operation,  
select “MED. ” or “HIGH ” operation.  
Determine the set up temperature by pushing the “TEMP.  
” or “TEMP.  
” button.  
Stop  
Push  
ON / OFF  
button.  
The operation lamp goes off, and the operation stops.  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3-5. Automatic Operation (Super Heat RecoveryType Only)  
When you set the air conditioner in  
mode or switch over from AUTO operation because of some settings  
change, it will automatically select either cooling, heating, or fan only operation depending on the indoor tem-  
perature.  
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
1
2
3
TIMER SET  
TIME  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
VENT  
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
Start  
ON / OFF  
1
button  
Push this button to start the air conditioner.  
2
3
Mode select button (MODE)  
Select Auto.  
Temperature button  
Set the desired temperature.  
• In case of cooling, start the operation after approx. 1 minute.  
• In case of heating, the operation mode is selected in accordance with the room temperature and operation  
starts after approximately 3 to 5 minutes.  
• When you select the Auto mode, it is unnecessary to set the fan speed.  
The FAN speed display will show AUTO and the fan speed will be automatically controlled.  
• After the heating operation has stopped, FAN operation may continue for approx. 30 seconds.  
• When the room temperature reaches the set temperature and the outdoor unit stops, the super low wind is  
discharged and the air volume decreases excessively.  
During defrost operation, the fan stops so that cool air is not discharged and “HEAT READY” is displayed.  
• If the Auto mode is uncomfortable, you can select the desired conditions manually.  
NOTE  
When restarting the operation after stop  
• When restarting the operation immediately after stop, the air conditioner does not operate for approx. 3  
minutes to protect the machine.  
Stop  
ON / OFF  
Push  
button.  
Push this button again to stop the air conditioner.  
14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3-6. TIMER Operation  
A type of timer operation can be selected from the following three types.  
OFF timer  
Repeat OFF timer : Every time, the operation stops after the set time has passed.  
ON timer :The operation starts when the time of timer has reached the set time.  
:The operation stops when the time of timer has reached the set time.  
Timer operation  
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
TIMER SET  
TIME  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
VENT  
1
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
2
3
4
1
2
Push TIMER SET button.  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
• The timer display (type) changes for every  
push of the button.  
(OFF timer)  
(Repeat OFF timer)  
No display  
(ON timer)  
• SET DATA and timer time displays flash.  
TIME  
Push  
to select “SET TIME”.  
For every push of  
button, the set time increases in the unit of 0.5 hr (30 minutes).  
The maximum set time is 72.0 hr.  
For every push of  
button, the set time decreases in the unit of 0.5 hr (30 minutes).  
The minimum set time is 0.5 hr.  
3
Push SET button.  
SETTING  
display disappears and timer time display goes on.  
(When ON timer is activated, timer time, ON timer  
are displayed and other displays disappear.)  
Cancel of timer operation  
4
Push CL button.  
• TIMER display disappears.  
NOTICE  
• When the operation stops after the timer reached the preset time, the Repeat OFF timer resumes the  
ON / OFF  
operation by pushing  
set time.  
button and stops the operation after the time of the timer has reached the  
15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3-7. Adjustment of Wind Direction  
• While the air conditioner stops, the horizontal flap (Up/Down air direction adjustment plate) automati-  
cally directs upward.  
• While the air conditioner is in ready status for heating, the horizontal flap (Up/Down air direction  
adjustment plate) directs upward. The swinging operation starts after heating ready status has been  
cleared, but “SWING  
” is displayed on the remote controller even if the status is ready to heating.  
How to set up the air direction  
Push SWING/FIX button during operation.  
1
Every pushing the button, the air direction changes.  
In Cooling / Dry operation  
In Heating operation  
Set the horizontal flap (Up/Down  
air direction adjustment plate)  
downward. If directing it upward,  
the hot air may not come to the  
foot come to the foot.  
Set the horizontal flap (Up/Down  
air direction adjustment plate)  
upward. If directing it downward,  
the dew may fall on near the air  
air outlet port or it drips.  
Initial setup  
Initial setup  
How to start swinging  
2
Push SWING/FIX button.  
Set direction of the horizontal flap (Up/Down air  
direction adjustment plate) to the lowest position  
and then push SWING/FIX button again.  
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
TIMER SET  
TIME  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
VENT  
• [SWING  
] is displayed and the air direction  
automatically changes upward/downward.  
In case when one remote controller controls the  
multiple indoor units, each indoor unit can be se-  
lected and its air direction can be set up.  
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
How to stop swinging  
1, 2, 3  
4
3
Push SWING/FIX button again during swinging of the  
horizontal flap.  
In FAN operation  
In all modes  
• The horizontal flap can be stopped at the desired  
position. After then the air direction can be again set  
up from the uppermost position by pushing SWING/FIX  
button.  
Series of  
operation  
* While the horizontal flap is set downward in cool-  
ing/drying operation, it does not stop.  
Initial setup  
If stopping the horizontal flap which directs down-  
ward during swinging, it stops after moving to the  
Display when stopping the swing  
3rd position from the top position.  
UNIT  
4
UNIT  
To set up the air direction individually, push  
Fan/Heat  
operation  
Cool/Dry  
operation  
button to display each indoor unit No. in a group  
control.Then set up the air direction to a displayed  
indoor unit.  
• If there is no display, all the indoor units can be  
operated collectively.  
UNIT  
• Every pushing  
button, the display exchanges  
as shown in the figure.  
No display  
Unit No. 1-1  
Unit No. 1-2  
Unit No. 1-4  
Unit No. 1-3  
16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3-8. Information  
Confirmation before operation  
Protective device (High pressure switch)  
Turn on the power switch 12 hours before starting  
the operation.  
This device stops automatically an operation when  
excessive force is applied on the air conditioner.  
• Make sure whether earth wire is connected.  
If the protective device works, the operation stops  
and the operation lamp flashes.  
When the protective device works, the indication TEST  
• Make sure the air filter is connected to the indoor  
unit.  
and the check code are displayed on the display  
section of the remote controller. In the following  
cases, the protective device may work.  
Heating capacity  
• A heat pump system which absorbs heat from  
outside of the room and then discharges heat into  
the room is adopted for heating. If the outside  
temperature falls, the heating capacity decreases.  
In cooling operation  
• The suction port or discharge port of the outdoor  
unit is closed.  
• When the outside temperature is too low, it is  
recommended to use this air conditioner together  
with other heating equipment.  
• A strong wind continuously blows to the discharge  
port of the outdoor unit.  
In heating operation  
Defrost during heating operation  
• Dust or waste adheres excessively to air filter of  
the indoor unit.  
• In heating operation, if there is frost on the outdoor  
unit, the operation changes automatically to the  
defrost operation (Approx. 2 to 10 minutes) to  
increase the heating efficiency.  
• The discharge port of the indoor unit is closed.  
If the protective device works, turn off the main  
power switch, solve the cause, and then start the  
operation again.  
• During defrost operation, the fan of the indoor unit  
stops.  
3-minutes protection  
• When restarting the operation just after the  
operation has been stopped or the main power  
switch has turned on, the outdoor unit does not  
work for approx. 3 minutes in order to protect the  
air conditioner.  
Cooling/Heating operation of Super  
Modular Multi system air conditioner  
• Although each indoor unit can be individually  
controlled in the Super Modular Multi system air  
conditioner, the cooling operation and the heating  
operation cannot be simultaneously performed in  
the multiple indoor units which are connected to  
an outdoor unit.  
Power failure  
• If a power failure occurred during operation, all  
operations stop.  
• If the cooling operation and the heating operation  
are simultaneously performed, the indoor unit  
• When the power is returned after a power failure,  
the operation lamp notifies the power-ON by  
flashing operation lamp on the remote controller.  
which executes cooling operation stops, and  
the operation section lights up. On the other hand,  
the indoor unit which executes heating operation  
continues running. In a case that the manager of  
the air conditioner has fixed the operation to  
cooling or heating, an operation other than that set  
up is unavailable. If an operation other than that  
on  
ON / OFF  
• When restarting the operation, push  
button again.  
Fan rotation in stopped unit  
• In heating operation even in the stopped indoor  
unit, the fan rotates once for several minutes per  
approx. an hour when the other indoor unit is  
operating to protect the air conditioner.  
set up is executed,  
on the operation section  
lights up and the operation stops.  
Characteristics of heating operation  
• The wind is not out just after starting an operation.  
The hot wind starts to blow 3 to 5 minutes after  
(Time differs according to indoor/outdoor tempera-  
ture.) the indoor heat exchanger has warmed up.  
• During operation, the outdoor unit may stop if the  
outside temperature rises.  
17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3-9. Air Conditioner Operations and Performance  
3 minutes protection function  
3-minutes protection function prevents the air conditioner from starting for initial 3 minutes after the main power  
switch/circuit breaker is turned on for re-starting the air conditioner.  
Power failure  
Power failure during operation will stop the unit completely.  
To restart the operation, push the START/STOP button on the remote controller.  
• Lightning or a wireless car telephone operating nearby may cause the unit to malfunction. Turn off the main  
power switch or circuit breaker and then turn them on again. Push the START/STOP button on the remote  
controller to restart.  
Heating characteristics  
Preheating operation  
The air conditioner will not deliver warm air immediately after it is turned on. Warm air will start to flow out after  
approximately 5 minutes when the indoor heat exchanger warmed up.  
Warm air control (In heating operation)  
When the room temperature reaches the set temperature, the fan speed is automatically reduced to prevent to  
blow cold draft. At this time, the outdoor unit will stop.  
Defrosting operation  
If the outdoor unit is frosted during the heating operation, defrosting starts automatically (for approximately  
2 to 10 minutes) to maintain the heating capacity.  
• The fans in both indoor and outdoor units will stop during the defrosting operation.  
• During the defrosting operation, the defrosted water will be drained from the bottom plate of the outdoor unit.  
Heating capacity  
In the heating operation, the heat is absorbed from the outside and brought into the room. This way of heating  
is called heat pump system. When the outside temperature is too low, it is recommended to use another heating  
apparatus in combination with the air conditioner.  
Attention to snowfall and freeze on the outdoor unit  
• In snowy areas, the air inlet and air outlet of the outdoor unit are often covered with snow or frozen up.  
If snow or freeze on the outdoor unit is left as it is, it may cause machine failure or poor warming.  
• In cold areas, pay attention to the drain hose so that it perfectly drains water without water remaining inside for  
freeze prevention. If water freezes in the drain hose or inside the outdoor unit, it may cause machine failure or  
poor warming.  
Air conditioner operating conditions  
For proper performance, operate the air conditioner under the following temperature conditions:  
Cooling operation Outdoor temperature : –5°C to 43°C  
Room temperature : 21°C to 32°C (Dry valve temp.), 15°C to 24°C (Wet valve temp.)  
Room relative humidity – less than 80 %. If the air conditioner operates  
in excess of this figure, the surface of the air conditioner may cause dewing.  
CAUTION  
Dry operation  
Outdoor temperature : 15°C to 43°C (Maximum suction air temp. 46°C)  
Room temperature : 17°C to 32°C  
Heating operation Outdoor temperature : –15°C to 15°C (Wet valve temp.)  
Room temperature : 15°C to 28°C (Dry valve temp.)  
If air conditioner is used outside of the above conditions, safety protection may work.  
18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3-10. When the Following Symptoms are Found  
Check the points described below before asking repair servicing.  
Symptom  
Cause  
Outdoor unit • White misty cold air  
or water is out.  
• Fan of the outdoor unit stops automatically and performs defrost  
operation.  
• Sometimes, noise  
“Pushu !” is heard.  
• Solenoid valve works when defrost operation starts or finishes.  
Indoor unit  
• “Swish” sound is  
heard sometimes.  
• When the operation has started, during the operation, or immediately  
after the operation has stopped, a sound such as water flows may be  
heard, and the operation sound may become larger for 2 or 3 minutes  
immediately after the operation has started. They are flowing sound of  
refrigerant or draining sound of dehumidifier.  
• Slight “Pishi!” sound  
is heard.  
• This is sound generated when heat exchanger, etc. expand and  
contract slightly due to change of temperature.  
• Discharge air smells.  
• Various smell such as one of wall, carpet, clothes, cigarette, or  
cosmetics adhere to the air conditioner.  
• The operation lamp  
flashes  
• Flashes when power is turned on again after power failure, or when  
power switch is turned on.  
• “STANDBY  
indication is lit.  
• When cooling operation cannot be performed because another indoor  
unit performs heating operation.  
• When the manager of the air conditioner has fixed the operation to  
COOL or HEAT, and an operation contrary to the setup operation is  
performed.  
• When fan operation stopped to prevent discharge of hot air.  
• Sound or cool air is  
output from the  
stand by indoor unit.  
• Since refrigerant is flowed temporarily to prevent stay of oil or  
refrigerant in the stand by indoor unit, sound of flowing refrigerant,  
“Kyururu” or “Shaa” may be heard or white steam when other indoor  
unit operates in HEAT mode, and cold air in COOL mode may be  
blow-out.  
• When power of the  
air conditioner is  
turned on, “Ticktock”  
sound is heard.  
• Sound is generated when the expansion valve operates when power  
has been turned on.  
Operates or stops automatically.  
Does not operate.  
• Is the timer “ON” or “OFF”?  
• Is it a power failure?  
• Is the power switch turned off?  
• Is the power fuse or breaker blown?  
• Has the protective device operated? (The operation lamp goes on.)  
• Is the timer “ON”? (The operation lamp goes on.)  
Silent  
• Are COOL and HEAT selected simultaneously? (“STANDBY  
indication is lit on the display column of the remote controller.)  
Air is not cooled or warmed sufficiently.  
It’s strange.  
• Is the suction port or discharge port of the outdoor unit obstructed?  
• Are any door or window open?  
• Is the air filter clogged with dust?  
• Is discharge flap of the indoor unit set at appropriate position?  
• Is air selection set to “LOW” “MED., and is the operation mode set to  
FAN”?  
• Is the setup temp. the appropriate temperature?  
• Are COOL and HEAT selected simultaneously? (“STANDBY  
indication is lit on the display column of the remote controller.)  
When the following symptoms are found, stop the operation immediately, turn off the power switch, and contact  
the dealer which you have purchased the air conditioner.  
• Activation of switch is unstable.  
• Fuse or breaker is blown periodically.  
• Foreign matters or water entered by mistake.  
• When if activation cause of the protective device has been removed, the operation is not performed.  
• Other unusual status occurred.  
19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Accessory parts and Parts to be procured locally  
r Accessory parts  
1
PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY  
• Ensure that all Local, National and International regulations are satisfied.  
• Important safety information are described in this installation manual.  
Please ensure this manual is read thoroughly and kept for future reference.  
• After the installation work, perform a trial operation to check for any problem.  
Follow the Owner’s Manual to explain how to use and maintain the unit to the customer.  
Part name  
Q’ty  
Shape  
Usage  
(Ensure hand over to customer)  
Installation Manual  
1
This manual  
• Turn off the main power supply switch (or breaker) before any unit maintenance.  
• Ask the customer to keep the Installation Manual together with the Owner’s Manual.  
Heat insulating pipe  
2
1
2
4
1
For heat insulation of the pipe connecting section  
Installation pattern  
Installation gauge  
Pattern fixing screw  
Heat insulator  
——  
For checking of ceiling opening and the main unit position  
CAUTION  
New Refrigerant Air Conditioner Installation  
For positioning of the ceiling position  
(To be used with the installation pattern)  
• THIS AIR CONDITIONER FEATURES A NEW HFC REFRIGERANT (R410A) WHICH DOES NOT  
DEPLETE OZONE LAYER.  
The pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than that of former refrigerant R22. The refrigerating oil has also been  
changed. Therefore be sure that any former refrigerant, refrigerant oil or any other contaminants do not enter the  
refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner, during either installation or service work. If incorrect tools or operating  
procedures are used, there is a possibility of a serious accident. Use only tools and materials that have been  
designed to operate with R410A.  
M5 × 16L  
For attach the installation pattern  
For heat insulation of drain connecting section  
To prevent the risk of charging with an incorrect refrigerant, the dimensions of the charging port connections are different  
to those used for conventional refrigerant. Therefore only tools designed to operate with R410A can be used.  
For connecting pipes, use piping specifically designed for R410A.  
During installation, ensure pipes are clean and ensure contaminants do not enter in the pipes as the system is  
affected by impurities such as water, oxide scales, dirt, oil, etc. Do not use existing pipe work from previous  
installation as this will cause problems due to pressure resistances and impurities within the pipe.  
Washer  
8
1
1
1
1
For hanging unit  
Hose band  
For connecting drain pipe  
Flexible hose  
Heat insulator A  
Heat insulator B  
For adjusting core-out of drain pipe  
For sealing of wire connecting port  
For sealing of wire connecting port  
CAUTION  
To Disconnect the Appliance from Main Power Supply.  
This appliance must be connected to the main power supply by means of a switch with a contact separation of at  
least 3 mm.  
WARNING  
• Ask an authorized dealer or qualified installation professional to install/maintain the air conditioner.  
Inappropriate installation may result in water leakage, electric shock or fire.  
• Turn off the main power supply switch or breaker before attempting any electrical work.  
Refrigerant piping  
Make sure all power switches are off. Failure to do so may cause an electric shock.  
• Connect all of the installation wiring correctly.  
If the installation wiring is incorrect electrical parts may be damaged.  
• Piping material used for the conventional refrigerant cannot be used.  
• Use copper pipe only with a wall thickness of 0.8 mm or more for Ø6.4, Ø9.5, Ø12.7.  
• Flare nut and flare operations are also different from those of the conventional refrigerant.  
Use the flare nut fitted to the indoor unit of the air conditioner.  
• During the transportation and installation of the air conditioning unit, ensure that gaseous matter  
other than the specified refrigerant does not enter into the refrigeration cycle.  
If a refrigerant becomes contaminated with foreign gases, the gas pressure within the refrigerant cycle will become  
abnormally high and may result in the fracture of pipe work and possible human injury.  
• Do not modify this unit by removing any of the safety guards or by overriding any of the safety  
interlock switches.  
• Exposure of the unit to water or other forms of moisture before installation may cause a short-circuit  
of the electrical parts.  
Do not store it in a wet basement or expose to rain or water.  
• After unpacking the unit, examine for possible damage.  
• Do not install in a place that might increase the vibration of the unit.  
• To avoid personal injury (with sharp edges), be careful when handling parts.  
• Perform installation work properly according to the Installation Manual.  
Inappropriate installation may result in water leakage, electric shock or fire.  
• When the air conditioner is installed in a small room, provide appropriate measures to ensure that in  
the event of a refrigerant leak the rooms does not exceed the critical level.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1
PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY  
Installation space  
• Install the air conditioner securely in a location where the base can sustain the weight of the unit  
adequately.  
Ensure there is sufficient space to install the unit and to perform maintenance work as and when required.  
Keep 15mm or more for clearance between top plate of the indoor unit and the ceiling surface.  
• Perform the specified installation work to guard against an earthquake.  
If the air conditioner is not installed appropriately, accidents may occur due to the unit falling.  
Installation space  
• If refrigerant gas has leaked during the installation work, ventilate the room immediately.  
If the leaked refrigerant gas comes in contact with fire, noxious gases may be generated.  
• After the installation work, confirm that refrigerant gas does not leak.  
1000 or more  
1000 or more  
If refrigerant gas leaks into the room and flows near a fire source, such as a cooking range, noxious gases may be  
generated.  
• Electrical work must be performed by a qualified electrician in accordance with the Installation  
Manual. Ensure the power supply to the air conditioner is exclusive to that unit only.  
An insufficient power supply capacity or inappropriate installation may cause fire.  
• Use only the specified wiring during the unit installation. Ensure that all terminals are securely fixed,  
so preventing any external forces having a negative effect on the terminals.  
Obstacle  
• Conform to the regulations of the local electric authority when wiring the power supply.  
Inappropriate grounding may cause an electric shock.  
• Do not install the air conditioner in a location that may be subjected to a risk of exposure to a  
combustible gas.  
Ceiling height  
If a combustible gas leaks and becomes concentrated around the unit, a fire may occur.  
Model MMU-AP  
0071 to 0121 type  
0151 to 0181 type  
Installable ceiling height  
Up to 2.7 m  
Up to 3.5 m  
2
SELECTION OF INSTALLATION PLACE  
When the ceiling height exceeds the standard distance of a 4-way air discharge cassette as detailed in the following  
table. The air-flow may not be sufficient to heat the room. It is therefore necessary to set the unit to high ceiling  
mode or adjust the direction of the ceiling discharge.  
WARNING  
For setup of the high ceiling mode, refer to the details of Applicable controls “To incorporate a filter sold separately”  
and “In case of installation to high ceiling” within this Manual.  
• The air conditioner must be installed in a location that can support the weight of the unit effectively.  
If the unit is not installed on a foundation that can support its weight effectively, the unit may fall down, resulting in  
possible human injury.  
Installable ceiling height list  
• Where required ensure that the units installation is sufficient enough to withstand against an earthquake.  
An insufficient installation could result in the unit falling, causing possible human injury.  
Indoor unit capacity type  
Discharge direction  
Standard (At shipment)  
High ceiling (2)  
0071 to 0121 type  
0151 type  
0181 type  
Setup of high ceiling  
• Install the air conditioner at a minimum height of 2.5 m from the floor.  
Do not insert your hands or others into the unit while the air conditioner is operating.  
4-way 3-way 2-way 4-way 3-way 2-way 4-way 3-way 2-way  
Setup data  
0000  
2.7  
2.9  
3.2  
3.5  
3.2  
3.4  
3.5  
CAUTION  
0002  
Upon approval from the customer, install the air conditioner in a place that satisfies the following  
conditions.  
High ceiling (3)  
0003  
• A place where the unit can be installed horizontally.  
• A place where a sufficient servicing space can be maintained for safety maintenance and unit check.  
• A place where the drain water can be exited from the unit, without causing a problem.  
(Unit: m)  
REQUIREMENT  
Avoid installing in the following places.  
• When high ceiling (1) or (3) is used with 4-way blowing, a draft is easily recognized due to drop of discharge  
temperature.  
• Places exposed to air with a high salt content (seaside area), or places exposed to large quantities of sulfide gas  
(hot spring). (Should the unit be used in these places, special protective measures are needed.)  
• Places exposed to oil, vapor, oil smoke or corrosive gas.  
• Places where organic solvent is used nearby.  
• Places close to a machine generating high frequency.  
• Places where the discharged air blows directly into the window of the neighbouring house. (For outdoor unit)  
• Places where the noise from the outdoor unit can be easily transmitted to the neighboring property.  
(When installing the air conditioner on the boundary with a neighbor, pay due attention to the level of noise.)  
The air filter cleaning signal duration (Notification of filter cleaning) on the remote controller can be changed  
according to the condition of installation.  
If the room is not heated due to the installation place or construction of the room, the detection temperature of  
heating can be raised.  
For setup method, refer to “Change of lighting term of filter sign” and “Increased heating effect” in the Applicable  
controls of this Manual.  
• Places with poor ventilation.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2
SELECTION OF INSTALLATION PLACE  
Dimensional view  
In case of wireless type  
The wireless remote controller can be operated up to a  
maximum of 8 m from the infra-red receiver.  
200  
Therefore ensure that the remote controller will be  
mounted and used within this stated parameter.  
595 to 660 Ceiling open dimension  
1000 or more  
Check port  
• To prevent malfunction do not mount or operate in a  
location that is subjected to either a fluorescent lamp  
or direct sunlight.  
(
450)  
Check port  
450)  
(
Check port  
(
450)  
• A maximum of 6 indoor units with wireless remote  
controller can be installed within the same room.  
Obstacle  
Drain-up standing-up size  
300 or less  
1000 or more  
Indoor unit  
Ceiling  
Note)  
As ABS is used for the drain discharge port of the main unit,  
the vinyl chloride paste cannot be used.  
Space required for  
installation and servicing  
Use the flexible hose (Band fix) included in the package.  
4
3
INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT  
Wired remote  
controller  
(RBC-AMT31E)  
WARNING  
The installation of the air conditioning unit must be positioned in a location that can sufficiently support its weight  
and give protection against adverse environmental conditions.  
16  
120  
142  
64  
368.5  
Failure to do so may result in unit damage and possible human injury.  
Any incomplete installation may also cause possible risk of human injury.  
268  
27  
Knockout for 100 diameter  
fresh air intake  
220.5  
145.5  
93  
700 Panel external dimension  
595 to 660 Ceiling open dimension  
525 Hanging bolt pitch  
Drain discharge port  
• Unpack the package, take out the product and then place it on the floor so that the same surface directs  
underneath as it is placed in the package.  
145.5  
Bottom face  
of ceiling  
Bottom face  
134  
63  
Hanging bolt  
M10 or W3/8  
local arrange  
of ceiling  
• Never put the products taken out from the packing box in a  
pile, or put other load on them; otherwise there is a  
105 70  
Ceiling panel  
OK  
NO GOOD  
possibility to damage electric parts, fan parts, draining  
mechanism, and etc.  
If the both sides are turned over, a deformation of mounting  
metal of the ceiling panel which is sold separately, etc may  
be caused. Accordingly the product may be damaged and  
the installation becomes impossible in some cases.  
Ø162  
REQUIREMENT  
Strictly comply to the following rules to prevent damage of the indoor units and human injury.  
• Do not place heavy objects on the indoor unit. (Even when units are still packaged)  
• Always carry the unit as packaged from the factory wherever possible.  
Ø162  
Wiring connection  
port  
Refrigerant pipe  
(Liquid) Ø6.4  
320.5  
Electric parts box  
4 screw holes  
(For 4 mm tapping screw)  
55  
If carrying in the indoor unit unpacked by necessity, be sure to use buffering cloth, etc. to prevent damaging  
the unit.  
70 105 93  
139.5  
For 150 diameter  
branch duct  
knockout square hole  
575 Unit external dimension  
For 150 diameter  
branch duct knockout  
square hole  
• To move the indoor unit, hold the hanging brackets (4 positions) only.  
190.5  
Refrigerant pipe (Gas)  
0151, 0181MH : Ø12.7  
0071 to 0121MH : Ø9.5  
Do not apply force to other parts (refrigerant pipe, drain pan, foamed parts, or resin parts etc.).  
• To be carried by two or more persons. Do not strap the unit in positions other than that stated.  
Bottom face of ceiling  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT  
(1)  
Ceiling opening and installation of hanging bolts  
Installation of indoor unit  
Hanging bolt  
(W3/8 or M10)  
M10 flat washer  
(Accessory)  
• Evaluate and determine the piping and wiring requirements inside the ceiling prior to the hanging of the unit.  
• Attach the nut (M10 or W3/8: Procured locally) and washer (Ø34 mm)  
to the hanging bolt.  
Nut  
(2)  
• After installation place of the indoor unit has been determined, create opening in ceiling and install the hanging  
bolts.  
(W3/8 or M10)  
M10 flat washer  
(Accessory)  
• Put washers at either side of the T-groove on the hanging bracket of  
the indoor unit in order to hang the unit.  
Nut  
(W3/8 or M10)  
• For the ceiling opening size and pitch for hanging bolts refer to the dimensional drawing and the supplied  
installation pattern.  
• Using a spirit level, check that all four sides are horizontal.  
(Horizontal positioned within 5 mm)  
(1) M10 washer supplied, all other material  
must be procured locally.  
(2) To ensure that the unit is mounted safely, the  
hanging bolt must be positioned just below  
the hanging bracket as shown in the diagram.  
• Once the ceiling void has been created, ensure that the drain pipe, refrigerant pipes, inter-connecting wires and all  
control wires are in place prior to installing the actual indoor unit.  
• Cut off the installation gauge from the installation pattern.  
Please procure the hanging bolts and nuts for installation of the indoor unit at local site.  
• Using the installation gauge check and adjust clearance between the  
indoor unit and the ceiling opening (1) (10 to 42 mm on each side).  
Ensure that the unit is level to the ceiling and within a distance of (2)  
23 mm to 28 mm below.  
Hanging bolt  
Nut  
M10 or W3/8  
M10 or W3/8  
4 pieces  
12 pieces  
The installation gauge has details of how to use printed on it.  
Note) Install the indoor unit so that the end part of opening does not  
come into contact with the drain socket piping.  
How to use the supplied installation pattern  
The installation pattern is enclosed within the packaging of the air conditioner.  
Indoor unit  
Level vial (Horizontal: within 5 mm)  
Indoor unit  
Hanging bolt  
Existing ceiling void  
Indoor unit  
Use the pattern to determine the position and size of the opening and  
location of the hanging bolts.  
Hanging  
metal  
23 to 28 mm (1)  
1) 23 to 28 mm  
Ceiling panel  
New ceiling void  
10 to 42 mm (2)  
Installation gauge 2) 10 to 42 mm  
Use the pattern to determine the position of the new ceiling opening.  
Installation gauge  
Ceiling board  
Cut off slit section of the main unit of the installation pattern.  
Cut off the outside of the pattern according to size of the ceiling  
opening. (There is a slit on the standard opening size section.)  
Installation pattern Cut off the installation  
REQUIREMENT  
(Attached)  
pattern along slit of  
the main unit.  
Installation of ceiling panel  
(Sold separately)  
• Install the indoor unit after installation of the hanging bolts.  
Before installation of the indoor unit be sure to  
remove the transportation cushion found between  
the fan and the bell mouth.  
Running the unit without removing the cushion  
may damage the fan motor.  
M5 × 16L screws (Attached)  
• Using the supplied pattern attach it to the indoor unit using the  
supplied fixing screws (M5 × 16L 4off). (Screw pattern to the ceiling  
panel hanging brackets of the indoor unit)  
Install the ceiling panel after completion of the  
installation of the indoor unit, including all piping and  
wiring.  
These screws are exclusive to the  
installation pattern. When installing  
the ceiling panel, the other exclusive  
screws attached to the ceiling panel  
(sold separately) are used.)  
• When creating the opening ensure it is as per the outer dimensions  
of the supplied pattern.  
Install the ceiling panel as per the supplied Installation  
Manual.  
Check the installation dimensions of the indoor unit  
and the ceiling opening are correct and then install.  
Treatment of ceiling  
The ceiling differs according to the structure of the building. For details, consult your architect.  
REQUIREMENT  
In the process after the ceiling panels have been removed, it is important to reinforce the ceiling construction and  
ensure the ceiling remains in a horizontal position. This is to prevent possible vibration of the ceiling panels.  
Ensure the ceiling panel is mated to the ceiling  
surface or the indoor unit.  
1. Cut and remove the ceiling material.  
2. Reinforce the cut surface of the ceiling construction and add support for fixing the end of ceiling panel.  
If the panel and unit are not mated together this  
may result in the formation of dew condensation  
causing a possible water leak.  
Installation of hanging bolt  
Use M10 hanging bolts (4 off, locally procured).  
First remove the 4 corner caps from the ceiling  
panel and fit to the indoor unit.  
Be sure to remove the cushion for transportation  
between the fan and the bell mouth.  
When mounting the unit, set the pitch of the hanging bolts according to the size of the unit as detailed on the  
dimensional drawing.  
New concrete slab  
Steel flame structure  
Existing concrete slab  
Installation of remote controller (Sold separately)  
Install the bolts with insert brackets or anchor  
bolts.  
Use existing angles or install new  
support angles.  
Use a hole-in anchors, hole-in  
plugs, or a hole-in bolts.  
For installation of the wired remote controller, follow the Installation Manual supplied with the remote controller.  
• Do not expose remote controller to direct sunlight or excessive heat.  
Hanging bolt  
Reinforcing  
steel  
• When using a wireless type remote controller check receiver on the indoor unit receives a signal.  
Anchor bolt  
(Pipe hanging  
anchor bolt)  
(Blade type  
bracket)  
(Slide type  
bracket)  
• For a wireless type controller ensure that it is used and mounted a minimum distance of 1m apart from any other  
electrical devices (TV, Stereo, etc). As this may cause interference with the devices.  
Hanging bolt  
Support angle  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4
DRAIN PIPING WORK  
Pipe material/Insulator and size  
Connection of drain pipe  
Check the draining  
CAUTION  
The following materials for piping work and insulation  
are to be procured locally.  
• Connect the hard socket (Procured locally) to the  
hard socket side of the supplied flexible hose which  
has been installed.  
After completion of drain piping,  
• Install the drain piping so that the water  
drains effectively.  
Check water drains away and that no water leaks from  
any of the connecting parts. At the same time check  
for any abnormal sounds from the drain pump.  
Hard vinyl chloride pipe socket for VP25  
• Apply heat insulation to prevent dew  
condensation from forming.  
• Connect the drain pipes (Procured locally) in turn to  
the connected hard sockets.  
Pipe material  
Hard vinyl chloride pipe VP25  
(Outer diameter Ø32 mm)  
Ensure drainage is checked during cooling mode.  
• Incorrectly installed pipe work may result  
in a water leak.  
Foamed polyethylene foam, thickness:  
10 mm or more  
When the electric work has finished:  
REQUIREMENT  
Insulator  
• Before installing the ceiling panel, pour water as  
shown in the following figure, check water drains  
from the drain pipe connecting port (Transparent) in  
COOL mode and then check there are no water  
leaks from the drain pipes.  
• Using an adhesive agent for vinyl chloride,  
connect the hard vinyl chloride pipes so that  
water does not leak.  
REQUIREMENT  
1.5m to 2m  
Support  
bracket  
• Allow sufficient time for the adhesive to set and  
harden. (Refer to the instructions of the  
adhesive.)  
• Ensure insulating of the drain pipes and connecting parts on the indoor units.  
• The drain pipe should have a downward slope of at least 1/100 and ensure  
there are no swells or blockages as this will cause abnormal sounds.  
When the electric work has not finished:  
1/100 or more  
downward  
Heat  
insulator  
• Pull out the float switch connector (3P: Red) from  
P.C. board connector (CN34: Red) of the electric  
parts box. (Ensure the power is turned off.)  
• The maximum traverse length of drain pipe is 20 m. Provide support  
brackets at intervals of 1.5 to 2 m where necessary to prevent movement.  
Arched  
shape  
NO  
GOOD  
• Install the combined piping as shown in the illustration.  
• Do not create an air purge in the pipework,  
as the water would leak from this point.  
Drain up  
• Connect the single-phase 220-240V, 1N, 50Hz (or  
220V, 1N, 60Hz) power to the terminal blocks R (L)  
and S (N). (Never apply 220-240V to (A), (B), (U1)  
and (U2).)  
Trap  
VP25  
When it is not possible to achieve a natural downward  
slope on the drain pipe, you can create a vertical lift  
(Drain up) on the pipe.  
As long as possible (10cm)  
VP25  
VP25  
• Set the height of the drain pipe within 850 mm from  
the bottom surface of the ceiling.  
(Collective pipes)  
• Pour water referring to the next page figure.  
(Amount: 1500 cc to 2000 cc)  
• The drain pipe should be piped from the drain pipe  
connecting port horizontally for a maximum of  
300 mm and then piped vertically.  
• When the power is turned on, the drain pump motor  
drives automatically. Check water is drained from  
the drain pipe connecting port (Transparent), and  
then check there is no water leak from the drain  
pipes.  
VP30 or more  
Downward slope  
1/100 or more  
• The hard vinyl-chloride pipe cannot be connected  
directly to the drain pipe connecting port of the indoor unit.  
For connection with the drain pipe connecting port,  
ensure that the supplied flexible hose is fitted.  
Drain pipe connecting port  
(Hard socket)  
VP25 vinyl chloride pipe  
(Procured locally)  
Attached flexible hose  
• After piping the vertical lift, ensure the pipe work is  
set to a downward gradient.  
Attached hose band  
• After checking for water leaks on the drain, turn off  
the power supply, and re-attach the float switch  
connector to the original position (CN34) on the P.C.  
board and refit the electric parts box.  
• Adhesive agent cannot be used for the pipe  
connecting port (hard socket) on the indoor unit.  
Be sure to use the supplied hose band for fixing,  
otherwise there is a risk of damage or water  
leakage from the drain pipe connecting port.  
Soft socket  
Hard socket  
Socket for VP25  
(Procured locally)  
Adhesive agent prohibited  
220240V, 1N ~, 50Hz  
NO GOOD  
220V 1N ~, 60Hz  
max  
45˚  
Connection of flexible hose  
R(L) S(N)  
White  
• Insert the soft socket of the supplied flexible hose  
into the connecting port of the drain pipe.  
Riser (Trap)  
300mm  
or less  
OK  
CN34  
(RED)  
Red  
Black  
• Align the supplied hose band to the pipe connecting  
port end, and tighten.  
Pull out connector CN34 (Red) from P.C. board.  
Black  
max  
45˚  
90˚ Bend  
Indoor unit  
Underneath of ceiling  
REQUIREMENT  
Align the attached hose band to the  
end of hose, set the tightening  
Drain pipe  
connecting port  
(Transparent)  
position upward, and then tighten it.  
• Fix the soft socket with the supplied hose  
band, tighten at the upper position of the  
unit.  
Flexible hose VP25 vinyl chloride pipe  
(Accessory)  
(To be local procure)  
• The supplied flexible hose can bend up to  
a maximum of 45°  
Socket for VP25 vinyl chloride pipe  
(To be local procure)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4
DRAIN PIPING WORK  
5
REFRIGERANT PIPING  
Thermal insulating process  
WARNING  
• After checking of the draining, using the supplied thermal insulation fit to the flexible hose leaving no clearance at  
the connecting port of the indoor unit.  
• If refrigerant gas leaks during the installation work, ventilate the room immediately.  
• If the leaked refrigerant comes in contact with fire, noxious gas may generate.  
• Fit locally procured thermal insulation to the drain pipe leaving no clearance between the supplied insulation.  
• After the installation work, confirm that refrigerant does not leak.  
• If refrigerant gas leaks into the room and flows near to a source of fire, noxious gas may be generated.  
Hose band  
Flexible hose  
CAUTION  
REQUIREMENT  
When using long length of refrigerant piping. Provide support brackets at intervals of 2.5 m to 3 m.  
If the pipes are not fixed abnormal sounds may be generated.  
Ensure water is poured slowly.  
To reduce risk of water spreading throughout the  
unit, resulting in a possible fault.  
Ensure the supplied R410A flare nuts are used.  
Heat insulator to be  
Attached heat insulator  
procured locally  
Hard vinyl chloride pipe  
Permissible pipe length and permissible height difference  
This differs depending on the outdoor units. For details, refer to the Installation Manual supplied with the outdoor  
unit.  
Air  
discharge area  
Piping material and dimensions  
Drain pan  
Piping material  
Phosphor deoxidization seamless pipe for air conditioner  
Indoor unit capacity type MMU-  
AP0071 to AP0121 type  
AP0151 to AP0181 type  
Gas side  
Pipe size (mm)  
Ø9.5  
Ø6.4  
Ø12.7  
Ø6.4  
Liquid side  
• Use new and clean pipe, ensuring that the pipes are not contaminated with dust, oil, moisture, etc.  
Check panel  
Pipe flaring  
• Flaring diam. meter size :  
Flaring  
A
Insert the leading part of the  
hose between the heat  
exchanger and the drain pan,  
and then bend it downward.  
A (Unit : mm)  
1. Cut the pipe with a pipe cutter.  
OK  
NO GOOD  
Obliquity Roughness  
+0  
A
-
0.4  
Outer diam. of copper pipe  
Warp  
90˚  
R410A  
9.1  
6.4  
9.5  
13.2  
16.6  
19.7  
Polyethylene hand pump for  
pouring water in drain pan  
12.7  
15.9  
2. Place flare nut onto the pipe, and flare the pipe.  
(Use the flare nut fitted to the unit or one that is  
R410A compatible)  
Vessel  
Water (1500cc to 2000cc)  
In case of flaring for R410A with the conventional  
flare tool, make a margin of 0.5 mm longer than that  
of R22 pipe so that the flare size matches with the  
specified size.  
*
As the flaring sizes of R410A differ from that used  
on R22. It is recommended to use a dedicated  
R410A flaring tool. However a conventional flare  
tool can be used, by adjustment of the projection of  
the copper pipe.  
The copper pipe gauge is useful for adjusting the  
projection margin size.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5
REFRIGERANT PIPING  
6
ELECTRIC WORK  
B
• Projection margin in flaring :  
B (Unit : mm)  
Airtight test/Air purge, etc.  
WARNING  
For carrying out airtight test, air purge, gas leak check  
and addition of refrigerant refer to the Installation  
Manual supplied with the outdoor unit.  
1. Using the specified wires, ensure the wires are connected and securely fixed so that no  
external force can transmit to the connecting part of the terminals.  
Rigid (Clutch type)  
Poor connection may cause risk of fire, etc.  
2. Ensure connection of earth wire. (Grounding work)  
R410A tool used  
Outer diam. of  
Conventional tool used  
R410A R22  
Open fully valves of the outdoor unit  
Do not connect the earth wire to a gas pipe, mains water pipe, lightning rod, or the earth wire of a telephone.  
Incorrect earthing will cause risk of an electric shock.  
copper pipe  
R410A  
R22  
6.4  
9.5  
0 to 0.5 (Same as left) 1.0 to 1.5 0.5 to 1.0  
0 to 0.5 (Same as left) 1.0 to 1.5 0.5 to 1.0  
0 to 0.5 (Same as left) 1.0 to 1.5 0.5 to 1.0  
0 to 0.5 (Same as left) 1.0 to 1.5 0.5 to 1.0  
3. For electrical installation work, strictly follow the Local and national Regulations of each  
country and the Installation Manual. A designated power supply must be used.  
Gas leak check  
Using a leak detector or soapy water, check for gas  
leaks at the connecting pipe work and the caps on the  
service valves.  
Capacity shortage of the power supply or incomplete installation may cause an electric shock or a fire.  
12.7  
15.9  
CAUTION  
REQUIREMENT  
Imperial (Wing nut type)  
Use a leak detector designed specifically for HFC  
refrigerant (R410A, R134a, etc.).  
Ensure an earth leakage breaker is installed.  
Outer diam. of copper pipe  
R410A  
R22  
Failure to install, may result in an electric shock.  
6.4  
9.5  
1.5 to 2.0  
1.5 to 2.0  
2.0 to 2.5  
2.0 to 2.5  
1.0 to 1.5  
1.0 to 1.5  
1.5 to 2.0  
1.5 to 2.0  
12.7  
15.9  
Heat insulating process  
REQUIREMENT  
• For power supply wiring, strictly conform to the Local authorities in each country.  
Fit heat insulation to the gas and liquid pipes  
separately.  
• For wiring of the power supply of the outdoor units, follow to the outdoor unit Installation Manual.  
• Never connect 220–240V control wiring to the terminal blocks (U1, U2, A, B) fault will be. (Caused.)  
During cooling mode, the temperature of the liquid and  
the gas pipes are reduced. Therefore ensure sufficient  
insulation is fitted to prevent dew condensation.  
Connection of refrigerant pipe  
• Arrange the electrical wiring so that they do not come into contact with high-temperature parts of the pipe  
work; this is to prevent the risk of insulation melting and causing a possible accident.  
Connect all the refrigerant pipes with the flare  
connection method  
• On the gas side ensure that the heat insulation used  
is heat resistant to a minimum temperature of 120°C  
• After connecting wires to the terminal block. Secure wiring with cable clamp.  
• Store wiring install control wiring and refrigerant piping within the same line.  
• Do not turn on power of the indoor unit until vacuuming of the refrigerant pipe has finished.  
• As the unit is sealed to atmospheric pressure.  
It is not abnormal that no “Push....” sound will be  
heard upon the removal of the flare nut.  
• Using the supplied heat insulation. Insulate the  
interconnecting parts of the indoor unit, ensuring that  
there is no exposure of any refrigerant pipe work.  
As detailed in the illustration below.  
• Ensure use of two spanners for the connecting of the  
pipe work to the indoor unit.  
REQUIREMENT  
Apply the thermal insulation to the pipe connecting  
section of the indoor unit securely up to the root  
without exposure of the pipe. (The pipe exposed to  
the outside causes water leak.)  
Work using double spanner  
Set notching upward.  
• Refer to the following table for tightening torque.  
Connecting pipe Tightening torque  
Re-tightening  
torque (N•m)  
outer dia. (mm)  
(N•m)  
Pipe side  
(Required at the site)  
14 to 18  
(1.4 to 1.8 kgf•m)  
18  
Main unit  
Ø6.4  
(1.8 kgf•m)  
Attached heat insulating pipe  
33 to 42  
(3.3 to 4.2 kgf•m)  
42  
Ø9.5  
Ø12.7  
Ø15.9  
(4.2 kgf•m)  
50 to 62  
(5.0 to 6.2 kgf•m)  
50  
(5.0 kgf•m)  
68 to 82  
(6.8 to 8.2 kgf•m)  
68  
(6.8 kgf•m)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
ELECTRIC WORK  
Power supply specifications  
Cable connection  
Power supply wiring and communication wiring are to be procured locally.  
REQUIREMENT  
For the power supply specification, follow the table below. Ensure power supply is adequate. An insufficient power  
supply could result in unit failure.  
• Be sure to locate the cable through the cable connection port of the indoor unit.  
For specification of the power capacity of the outdoor unit and the power supply wires, refer to the Installation  
Manual supplied with the outdoor unit.  
• Ensure additional wire length of approximately 100 mm at the indoor unit electric parts box.  
This is to enable ease of any service work in the future.  
• The low-voltage circuit is provided for the remote controller.  
220–240V, 1N ~ 50Hz  
Power supply  
220V, 1N ~ 60Hz  
Power supply switch/Earth leakage breaker or power supply wiring/fuse rating for indoor  
Indoor unit power supply (*1) units should be selected by the accommodated total current values of the indoor units.  
• Remove the cover of the electric parts box by removing the mounting screws (3 pcs.) and push the hooking  
section. (The cover of the electric parts box remains hanged to the hinge.)  
20 m or less  
50 m or less  
Q’ty  
Twist wire : 2.5 mm²  
Twist wire : 3.5 mm²  
2
• Tighten the screws on the terminal block and secure the cables with cord clamp fitted to the electric parts box.  
(Do not apply tension to the connecting section of the terminal block.)  
Power supply wiring  
• Using the supplied thermal insulation for the sealing of the cable connecting port, seal the cable connecting port.  
(Otherwise dew condensation may be caused.)  
Indoor/Outdoor inter-unit wiring (*2)  
(Up to 1000 m) Twist wire : 1.25 mm²  
(Up to 2000 m) Twist wire : 2.00 mm²  
Wire size  
Q’ty  
• Mount the cover of the electric parts box ensuring the cables are not pinched.  
(Mount the cover after the ceiling panel has been wired to the electric box.)  
2
Communication line  
Central control line wiring (*3)  
Remote controller wiring (*4)  
(Up to 1000 m) Twist wire : 1.25 mm²  
(Up to 2000 m) Twist wire : 2.00 mm²  
Wire size  
Q’ty  
2
Wire size  
Twist wire : 0.5 to 2.0 mm²  
Indoor unit power supply (*1)  
Screws  
• Indoor unit power supply, must have a dedicated supply and be separate to that of the outdoor unit.  
Electric parts box  
• Arrange the power supplies to the indoor and outdoor units, so that a common earth leakage breaker and main  
switch can be used.  
P.C. board  
• Power supply cable specification : Cable 3-core 2.5 mm², in conformity with Design 60245 IEC 57.  
Screw  
Cover of electric parts box  
Indoor/Outdoor inter-unit wiring, Central controller wiring  
(*2) (*3)  
• Use a 2 core non polarity cable.  
Hooking section  
• To prevent any possible noise issues, use a shielded 2 core wire.  
• The total stated length of communication wiring is determined by the interconnecting length of indoor to outdoor  
cable plus the length of the central control communication cable.  
Indoor/Outdoor  
crossover cable/  
Remote controller  
terminal block  
Remote controller wiring  
(*4)  
Thermal insulation to cabling connecting port  
• For wiring remote controllers, a 2 core polarity cable must be used.  
U1  
U2  
A
B
R
S
CAUTION  
(L) (N)  
Remote controller wiring, remote  
Twist wire: 0.5mm2 to 2.0 mm2 × 2  
controller inter-unit wiring  
The remote controller wire  
(Communication line) and AC220–  
240V (Power supply) wires cannot  
be parallel to contact each other  
and cannot be stored in the same  
conduits. If doing so, a trouble  
may be caused on the control  
system due to noise, etc.  
Adhered surface  
Power supply  
terminal block  
Total wire length of remote controller  
wiring and remote controller inter-unit  
wiring = L + L1 + L2 + … Ln  
In case of wired type only  
In case of wireless type included Up to 400 m  
Up to 200 m  
Up to 500 m  
R(L) S(N)  
Heat insulator A  
Earth line  
Total wire length of remote controller inter-unit wiring = L1 + L2 + … Ln  
Connecting  
cord  
Notched section  
Cord clamp  
Heat insulator B  
Indoor unit  
Indoor unit  
Indoor unit  
Indoor unit  
Remote  
controller  
wiring  
L1  
L2  
Ln  
(Max. 8 units)  
Remote  
controller  
Remote controller inter-unit wiring  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
ELECTRIC WORK  
7
APPLICABLE CONTROLS  
Remote controller wiring  
NOTIFICATION  
• Strip approximately 14 mm of insulation off of the connecting wires.  
When using the equipment for the first time, the remote controller will not accept any commands for a short  
period of time.  
• As the remote controller wire has no polarity, there is no problem if connections to indoor unit terminal blocks A  
and B are reversed.  
• Automatic address  
• While automatic addressing no operations can be performed on the remote controller.  
• Automatic addressing will take a maximum duration of 10 minutes (generally 5 minutes).  
Wiring diagram  
Terminal block for remote controller  
Terminal block  
wiring of indoor unit  
• Upon turning on the unit after completion of automatic addressing, a maximum period of  
10 minutes (generally 3 minutes) are required prior to the start up operation of the outdoor unit.  
A
B
A
B
Remote  
controller unit  
Remote controller wire (Field supply)  
All indoor units are shipped from factory as standard. Change if necessary.  
To change the setup use the main remote controller (wired remote controller).  
* The setup change for wireless remote controller, sub remote controller or a unit without a controller (Centrally  
controlled.) is not possible. In such cases, temporarily install a separate main remote controller.  
Wiring between indoor and outdoor units  
Outdoor power supply  
Outdoor power supply  
NOTE  
An outdoor unit that is  
inter-connected to the  
indoor units automatically  
becomes the header unit.  
Header outdoor unit  
U1U2U3U4U5U6  
Follower outdoor unit  
CODE No.  
Applicable control setup  
UNIT No.  
U1U2U3U4U5U6  
R.C.  
No.  
Earth  
Earth  
Basic operation procedure for setup change  
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
3
2
5
TIMER SET  
TIME  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
VENT  
Change the setup while operation of the equipment is stopped.  
(Be sure to stop the operation of a set.)  
6
1
6
Control wiring between outdoor units  
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
Control wiring between indoor and outdoor units  
Connection of shield wire closed terminal  
Control wiring between indoor units  
Procedure  
Description  
SET  
CL  
Indoor unit  
Earth  
Indoor unit  
Indoor unit  
Earth  
Indoor unit  
Push the  
,
and TEST buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more, after a while, the display part flashes  
as shown in the figure.  
Check that the displayed item code is [10].  
Earth  
Earth  
L
N
U1U2  
A
A
B
B
L
N
U1U2  
A
A
B
B
L
N
U1U2  
A
A
B
B
L
N
U1U2  
A
B
CODE No.  
• If the item code indicates any characters other than [10], push the TEST  
button to erase the display and retry the operation from the first step.  
(For some time after the TEST button has been pushed, the operation  
of the remote controller cannot be accepted.)  
SETTING  
UNIT No.  
1
R.C.  
No.  
(In a group control, the firstly displayed  
indoor unit No. becomes the center unit.)  
Indoor power supply  
220-240V, 1N ~50Hz  
220V, 1N ~60Hz  
(* The display changes according  
to the indoor unit model.)  
Remote  
controller  
Remote  
controller  
Remote controller  
[Group control]  
UNIT  
Each time the  
button is pushed, the indoor unit No. in the group control is displayed consecutively.  
Select the indoor unit that requires a change to the setup.  
During this time the indoor unit that is selected can be  
confirmed as the louver and fan will be operated.  
Earth leakage  
Pull box  
Pull box  
Pull box  
2
breaker  
Power switch  
CODE No.  
TEMP.  
the buttons, select the item code [**].  
Using  
UNIT No.  
3
4
∗∗  
∗∗ ∗∗  
∗  
R.C.  
No.  
TIME  
buttons, select set data [****].  
Using the  
Address setup  
SET  
Push the  
button. During this time, if the display changes from flashing to permanently on, the setup is  
Set up the addresses as per the Installation Manual  
supplied with the outdoor unit.  
complete.  
• To change the setup of an indoor unit that is not selected, restart operation from Procedure 2.  
5
6
• To change to a different setup within the selected indoor unit, restart operation from Procedure 3.  
CL  
Pushing the  
button clears the set up contents which has been set. In this case, restart from Procedure 2.  
Wiring on the ceiling panel  
When the setup is finished, push the TEST button. (The setup is configured.)  
Pushing the TEST button deletes the display and returns the status to the  
normal stopped status.  
As per the Installation Manual of the ceiling panel,  
connect the connector (2P: Red) of the ceiling panel to  
the connector (5P: White) onto the P.C. board within  
the electric parts box.  
(For a period of time after the TEST button has been pushed, the remote  
controller will not accept any commands.)  
5P connector (White)  
Cord Clamp  
Wire from ceiling panel  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7
APPLICABLE CONTROLS  
In case of installation to high ceiling  
Change of lighting time of filter sign  
Group control  
When the unit is to be installed at a height that exceeds the standard value, adjustment to the air volume is  
necessary.  
Depending on the conditions of the installation, the  
time period of the filter clean sign can be changed.  
In a group control, a remote controller can control up  
to a maximum of 8 units.  
• For the “Setup data” in Procedure 2 , select from the “Installable ceiling height list”.  
Follow to the basic operation procedure  
(1 2 3 4 5 6 ).  
• For the item code in Procedure 3 , specify [01].  
• For the [Set data] in Procedure 4 , select the setup  
data of filter sign lighting time from the following  
table.  
• For cabling procedure and cables of the individual  
line (Identical refrigerant line) system, refer to  
“Electric work” in this Manual.  
Installable ceiling height list  
• Wiring between indoor units in a group is performed  
in the following method.  
Indoor unit capacity type  
Discharge direction  
Standard (At shipment)  
High ceiling (2)  
0071 to 0121 type  
0151 type  
0181 type  
Setup of high ceiling  
4-way 3-way 2-way 4-way 3-way 2-way 4-way 3-way 2-way  
Setup data  
0000  
Connect the indoor units by connecting the remote  
controller inter-unit cables from the remote controller  
terminal blocks (A, B) of the indoor unit connected  
with a remote controller to the remote controller  
terminal blocks (A, B) of the other indoor unit.  
(No polarity)  
2.7  
2.9  
3.2  
3.5  
3.2  
3.4  
3.5  
Setup data  
0000  
Filter sign lighting time  
0002  
None  
High ceiling (3)  
0003  
0001  
150H  
• For address setup, refer to the Installation Manual  
supplied with the outdoor unit.  
0002  
2500H (At shipment from factory)  
(Unit: m)  
0003  
5000H  
0004  
10000H  
In case of remote controller-less (Group control)  
To set the unit to high ceiling operation, there is a method that requires the changing of the short plugs on the indoor  
P.C. board. The details are shown in the below table.  
This method is only to be used where a standard wired remote controller (Group control) is not used.  
Increased heating effect  
Upon changing the high ceiling setting  
If it is not possible to achieve satisfactory heating due  
to the installation environment or the structure of the  
room. The detected temperature can be increased.  
Also use a circulator, etc to circulate hot air near the  
ceiling.  
• Select setting by the changing of the short plugs  
on the indoor P.C. board.  
• Short plug position  
(CN112, CN111, CN110 from the left)  
Short plug position  
Set  
Follow to the basic operation procedure  
(1 2 3 4 5 6 ).  
Filter sold separately  
data  
Short  
Open  
• For the item code in Procedure 3 , specify [06].  
• For the set data in Procedure 4 , select the setup  
data of the required temperature shift value from the  
table below.  
CN112 CN111 CN110  
0000 Standard filter (At shipment)  
Setup data  
0000  
Detection temp shift value  
CN112 CN111 CN110  
0003 High ceiling (3)  
No shift  
0001  
+1°C  
0002  
+2°C (At shipment from factory)  
0003  
+3°C  
+4°C  
+5°C  
+6°C  
0004  
0005  
0006  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8
TEST RUN  
In case of wireless remote controller  
Before test operation  
WARNING  
• Before turning on the power supply, carry out the following  
procedures.  
To protect the compressor at  
startup. Ensure the power supply  
is left on for 12 or more hours  
before operation.  
Procedure  
Description  
1) Using 500V-megger, check there is 1Mor more between the  
terminal block of the power supply and the earth.  
If 1Mor less is detected, do not run the unit.  
Remove a small screw which fixes the nameplate of the receiver unit.  
Remove the nameplate of the sensor section by inserting a minus screwdriver, etc into the notch at the bottom  
of the plate, and set the Dip switch to [TEST RUN ON].  
1
2
2) Check that all the valves of the outdoor unit are fully opened.  
Execute a test operation with  
button on the wireless remote controller.  
• Never push the electromagnetic contactor to carry out a forced test operation.  
(It is very dangerous because a protective device does not work.)  
,
, and LED flash during test operation.  
• Under status of [TEST RUN ON], the temperature adjustment from the wireless remote controller is invalid.  
Do not use this method in the operation other than test operation because the equipment is damaged.  
How to execute test operation  
Use either COOL or HEAT operation mode for a test operation.  
3
4
• To carry out a fan operation in a single indoor unit, firstly turn off the power supply to the unit. Then short CN72  
found on the P.C. board. Once completed turn the power to the unit back on and start the unit in FAN only mode.  
Upon completion of the test do not forget to remove the short circuit on CN72.  
* The outdoor unit does not operate approx. 3 minutes after power-ON and operation stop.  
After the test operation finished, stop the air conditioner from the wireless remote controller, and return Dip  
switch of the receiver section as before.  
(A 60-minutes timer clearing function is attached to the receiver section in order to prevent a continuous test  
operation.)  
• Using the remote controller, check the unit is in normal operation. For the operation procedure, refer to the  
supplied Owner’s Manual. A forced test operation can be executed in the following procedure under the condition  
of thermo.-OFF of room temperature.  
In order to prevent the test operation from running continuously, the operation will cease after a period of  
60 minutes. The unit will then return back to its original operation.  
NOTE  
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
Do not use a forced operation in cases other  
than test operation because it applies an  
excessive load onto the air conditioner.  
2, 4  
3
TIMER SET  
TIME  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
VENT  
Receiver unit  
Spacer  
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
In case of wired remote controller  
M4 × 25 screw  
(2 pieces)  
1, 5  
Procedure  
Description  
Keep the TEST button pushed down for 4 seconds or more.  
Small screw  
TEST  
[TEST] is displayed on the display part and the selection of the test mode is  
permitted.  
1
2
Nameplate  
Notch  
ON / OFF  
Push  
button.  
MODE  
Using  
button, select the operation mode, [COOL] or [HEAT].  
Do not run the air conditioner in a mode other than [COOL] or [HEAT].  
3
4
The temperature controlling function will not work during the test operation.  
Fault detection will perform as usual.  
ON / OFF  
After the test operation, push the  
button to stop the operation.  
(Display part is the same as procedure 1 )  
Push the TEST button to cancel (release from) the test operation mode.  
([TEST] disappears on the display part and the status returns to normal.)  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9
TROUBLESHOOTING  
Confirmation and check  
Check method  
On the remote controller (Main remote controller, Central control remote controller) and the interface P.C. board of  
the outdoor unit, a check display LCD (Remote controller) or 7-segment display (on the outdoor interface P.C.  
board) operation is provided. Therefore the operation status can be known. Using this self-diagnosis function, a fault  
and the location of this fault within the air conditioning system can be located, as shown in the table below.  
CODE No.  
When a fault occurs in the air conditioner, the check  
code and the indoor unit No. will appear on the display  
part of the remote controller.  
UNIT No.  
R.C.  
No.  
The check code will only be displayed while the unit is  
in operation.  
Check code list  
If the display disappears, operate the air conditioner  
according to the following “Confirmation of error  
history” for confirmation.  
Check code  
Indoor unit No. in which  
an error occurred  
The following list shows each check code. Find the check contents from the list according to part to be checked.  
• In case of a fault from the indoor remote controller: See “Main remote controller display” in the list.  
• In case of a fault from the outdoor unit: See “Outdoor 7-segment display” in the list.  
• In case of a fault from the indoor unit with a wireless remote controller:  
See “Sensor block display of receiving unit” in the list.  
IPDU : Intelligent Power Drive Unit  
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
Confirmation of error history  
Terminology  
¡ : Lighting,  
: Flashing, l : Goes off  
¤
ALT. : Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED.  
2
When a fault occurs in the air conditioner, the error  
history can be confirmed with the following procedure.  
(The error history is stored in memory and can contain  
up to 4 errors).  
TIMER SET  
TIME  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
VENT  
SIM : Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED.  
Check code  
Wireless remote controller  
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
Sensor block display  
of receiving unit  
Main  
remote  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Judging device  
This history can be confirmed from either the operating  
status or the stop status.  
controller  
display  
Operation Timer Ready Flash  
Auxiliary code  
1
3
Communication error between indoor and remote  
controller (Detected at remote controller side)  
E01  
E02  
E03  
Remote controller  
Remote controller  
Indoor  
l
l
l
l
l
l
¤
¤
¤
l
Remote controller transmission error  
Communication error between indoor and remote  
controller (Detected at indoor side)  
Communication circuit error between indoor/outdoor  
(Detected at indoor side)  
E04  
E06  
Indoor  
I/F  
l
l
l
Procedure  
Description  
¤
¤
¤
l
l
l
No. of indoor units in which sensor has  
been normally received  
E06  
E07  
Decrease of No. of indoor units  
SET  
l
l
When pushing the  
and TEST buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds  
or more, the display similar to the one shown in the figure to the right  
will appear.  
Communication circuit error between indoor/outdoor  
(Detected at outdoor side)  
I/F  
CODE No.  
E08  
E09  
E10  
E08 Duplicated indoor addresses  
Duplicated indoor addresses  
Indoor / I/F  
Remote controller  
Indoor  
l
l
l
If [Service Check] is displayed, the fault code will be stored in the  
error history mode.  
¤
¤
¤
UNIT No.  
Duplicated main remote controllers  
Communication error between indoor MCU  
1
R.C.  
No.  
• 01 (Order of error history) is displayed in CODE No. window.  
• Check Code is displayed in the CHECK window.  
01: Indoor/Outdoor communication  
E12  
E15  
E16  
E18  
E19  
E12  
E15  
E16  
Automatic address start error  
I/F  
I/F  
l
l
l
l
l
l
¤
02: Communication between outdoor units  
• The indoor unit address, where the fault has occurred will be  
displayed in the UNIT No. window.  
Indoor is nothing during automatic addressing  
Capacity over / No. of connected indoor units  
Communication error between indoor units  
Outdoor header units quantity error  
l
¤
¤
l
00: Capacity over  
I/F  
TEMP.  
l
When pushing the  
chronological order.  
buttons, the error history stored within the memory will be displayed in  
01 ~: No. of connected units  
Indoor  
I/F  
¤
l
The numbers displayed within the CODE No. window can vary between 1 and 4. 1 being the most recent fault  
and 4 being the oldest.  
00: Header is nothing  
2
3
E19  
¤
¤
02: Two or more header units  
01: Outdoor of other line connected  
02: Indoor of other line connected  
CAUTION  
E20  
E20  
Other line connected during automatic address  
I/F  
l
l
CL  
Do not push the  
button as this will erase all of the error history for that indoor unit.  
E23  
E25  
E23  
E25  
Sending error in communication between outdoor units  
Duplicated follower outdoor addresses  
I/F  
I/F  
l
l
l
l
¤
After confirmation, push the TEST button. This will return the display back to its original mode.  
¤
No. of outdoor units which received signal  
normally  
E26  
E28  
E26  
Decrease of No. of connected outdoor units  
Follower outdoor unit error  
I/F  
I/F  
l
l
l
l
¤
¤
E28 Detected outdoor unit number  
01: IPDU1 error  
02: IPDU2 error  
03: IPDU1, 2 error  
E31  
E31 04: Fan IPDU error  
05: IPDU + Fan IPDU error  
06: IPDU2 + Fan IPDU error  
07: All IPDU error  
IPDU communication error  
I/F  
l
l
¤
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9
TROUBLESHOOTING  
Check code  
Wireless remote controller  
Check code  
Wireless remote controller  
Main  
Sensor block display  
of receiving unit  
Sensor block display  
of receiving unit  
Main  
remote  
controller  
display  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Judging device  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Judging device  
remote  
controller  
display  
Operation Timer Ready Flash  
Auxiliary code  
Operation Timer Ready Flash  
Auxiliary code  
F01  
F02  
F03  
F04  
F05  
F06  
F07  
F08  
F10  
F12  
ALT Indoor TCJ sensor error  
ALT Indoor TC2 sensor error  
Indoor  
Indoor  
Indoor  
I/F  
l
l
l
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
l
¡
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
P01  
P03  
ALT Indoor fan motor error  
ALT Discharge temp. TD1 error  
Indoor  
I/F  
l
¤ ¤  
P03  
l
¤
¤
ALT Indoor TC1 sensor error  
ALT TD1 sensor error  
ALT TD2 sensor error  
ALT TE1 sensor error  
ALT TL sensor error  
01: Comp. 1 side  
P04  
P05  
P07  
P04  
P05  
P07  
ALT High-pressure SW system operation  
ALT Phase-missing detection /Phase error  
ALT Heat sink overheat error  
IPDU  
I/F  
F04  
F05  
F06  
F07  
F08  
l
¤
¤
¤
¤
02: Comp. 2 side  
I/F  
01: Phase-missing detection  
02: Phase error  
l
I/F  
¤
I/F  
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
IPDU, I/F  
l
ALT TO sensor error  
I/F  
¤
ALT Indoor TA sensor error  
ALT TS1 sensor error  
Indoor  
I/F  
P10  
P12  
P13  
P10 Detected indoor address  
ALT Indoor overflow error  
Indoor  
Indoor  
I/F  
l
l
l
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
F12  
ALT Indoor fan motor error  
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
F13  
F13  
ALT TH sensor error  
IPDU  
¡
P13  
ALT Outdoor liquid back detection error  
¤ ¤  
01: TS condition  
02: TD condition  
F15  
F16  
F23  
F24  
F29  
F31  
F15  
F16  
F23  
F24  
ALT Outdoor temp. sensor miscabling (TE, TL)  
ALT Outdoor pressure sensor miscabling (Pd, Ps)  
ALT Ps sensor error  
I/F  
I/F  
¡
¡
¡
¡
l
¡
P15  
P15  
P17  
ALT Gas leak detection  
I/F  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
l
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
P17  
P19  
P20  
ALT Discharge temp. TD2 error  
ALT 4-way valve inverse error  
I/F  
I/F  
I/F  
l
I/F  
¤
P19 Detected outdoor unit number  
l
ALT Pd sensor error  
I/F  
¤
P20  
ALT High-pressure protective operation  
SIM Indoor other error  
Indoor  
I/F  
l
¤
F31  
SIM Indoor EEPROM error  
0
1
3
:
:
:
:
IGBT short  
Fan motor position detective circuit error  
Fan motor trouble  
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
H01  
H02  
H03  
H01  
H02  
H03  
Compressor break down  
IPDU  
l
l
l
l
¤
P22  
P22  
ALT Outdoor fan IPDU error  
IPDU  
IPDU  
TH sensor temp. error  
(Heat sink overheat)  
l
¤
¤
Magnet switch error  
Overcurrent relay operation  
Compressor trouble (lock)  
MG-SW  
Overcurrent relay  
IPDU  
C
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
l
¤
D
E
:
:
TH sensor error  
Vdc output error  
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
Current detect circuit system error  
IPDU  
l
¤
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
P26  
P26  
ALT G-TR short protection error  
l
H04  
H06  
H07  
H04  
H06  
H07  
Comp 1 case thermo operation  
Low pressure protective operation  
Oil level down detective protection  
I/F  
I/F  
I/F  
¤
¤
¤
¤
l
l
l
l
¤
l
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
¤
P29  
P31  
P29  
P31  
ALT Comp position detective circuit system error  
ALT Other indoor unit error (Group terminal unit error)  
IPDU  
l
¤
¤
l
¤
01: TK1 sensor error  
02: TK2 sensor error  
03: TK3 sensor error  
04: TK4 sensor error  
Indoor  
l
H08  
H14  
H16  
H08  
H14  
H16  
Oil level detective temp sensor error  
Comp 2 case thermo operation  
I/F  
I/F  
l
l
l
l
¤
l
¤
01: TK1 oil circuit system error  
02: TK2 oil circuit system error  
03: TK3 oil circuit system error  
04: TK4 oil circuit system error  
Oil level detective circuit error  
Magnet switch error  
Overcurrent relay operation  
I/F  
Error detected by TCC-LINK central control device  
MG-SW  
l
¤
Overcurrent relay  
Check code  
Wireless remote controller  
L03  
L04  
SIM Indoor center unit duplicated  
Indoor  
I/F  
l
Sensor block display  
of receiving unit  
Central  
control  
¤
¤
¤
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Judging device  
L04  
SIM Outdoor line address duplicated  
¡
¤
device  
indication  
Operation Timer Ready Flash  
Auxiliary code  
Duplicated indoor units with priority  
SIM  
L05  
L06  
I/F  
I/F  
l
¤
¤
¤
(Displayed in indoor unit with priority)  
C05  
C06  
Sending error in TCC-LINK central control device  
Receiving error in TCC-LINK central control device  
TCC-LINK  
TCC-LINK  
Duplicated indoor units with priority  
SIM  
L06 No. of indoor units with priority  
l
¤
(Displayed in unit other than indoor unit with priority)  
L07  
L08  
L09  
L10  
L20  
L28  
SIM Group line in individual indoor unit  
SIM Indoor group/Address unset  
SIM Indoor capacity unset  
Indoor  
Indoor, I/F  
Indoor  
I/F  
Batch alarm of general-purpose equipment control General-purpose equipment  
l
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
C12  
P30  
interface  
I/F  
L08  
l
¤
Differs according to error contents of unit with occurrence of alarm  
(L20 is displayed.)  
Group control branching unit error  
Duplicated central control addresses  
l
¤
TCC-LINK  
L10  
L20  
L28  
SIM Outdoor capacity unset  
¡
¤
SIM Duplicated central control addresses  
SIM Over No. of connected outdoor units  
Indoor  
I/F  
¡
¤
¡
¤
01: IPDU1 error  
02: IPDU2 error  
03: IPDU3 error  
L29  
L29 04: Fan IPDU error  
05: IPDU1 + Fan IPDU error  
SIM No. of IPDU error  
I/F  
¡
Terminology  
¤
¤
¤
06: IPDU2 + Fan IPDU error  
07: All IPDU error  
TCC-LINK : TOSHIBA Carrier Communication Link.  
L30  
L30 Detected indoor address  
SIM Indoor outside interlock  
Extended I/C error  
Indoor  
I/F  
¡
¤
L31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9
TROUBLESHOOTING  
10  
MAINTENANCE  
Prior to maintenance, ensure the power supply is turned off.  
New check code  
1. Difference between the new check code and the current system  
CAUTION  
The displaying method of the check code will change from this model onwards.  
Do not handle the buttons with wet hands as this will cause the risk of electric shock.  
New check code  
Daily maintenance  
Cleaning of air filter  
Used characters  
Alphabet + Decimal notation, 2 digits  
CODE No.  
Characteristics of code classification  
Many classification of communication/incorrect setup system  
1
If  
is displayed on the remote controller, maintenance  
1,  
2
to the air filter is required.  
Communication/Incorrect setup (4-ways), Indoor protection, Outdoor protection,  
Sensor, Compressor protection, etc.  
Block display  
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
2
3
Clogging of the air filter decreases cooling/heating efficiency.  
FILTER  
RESET  
TIMER SET  
TIME  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
VENT  
After cleaning, push the  
.
Display  
Classification  
display disappears.  
Display on wired remote controller  
• [ ] goes on.  
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
A
C
E
F
H
J
Unused  
3
[4-way Air Discharge Cassette Type]  
• [UNIT No.] + Check code + Operation lamp (Green) flash  
Central control system error  
Communication system error  
Each sensor error (Failure)  
Compressor protective system error  
Unused  
Display on sensor part of wireless remote controller  
1
Open the air inlet grille.  
4
5
Mount the air filter.  
• Block display will show a combination of  
• Slide the air inlet grille buttons to detach the air  
inlet grille from the main ceiling panel. Lower the  
grille slowly while holding.  
Close the air inlet grille.  
[
] [ ] [ ] symbols.  
• Close the air inlet grille, slide the button to locate  
into the ceiling panel fixing securely.  
Display on 7-segment in outdoor unit  
FILTER  
RESET  
2
3
Take out the air filter.  
6
Push the  
.
• Unit No. and check code are displayed.  
L
P
Setup error, Other errors  
Protective device operation  
• Push the extrusion of the air filter away from the  
grille and remove.  
• In case of error the auxiliary code, check code and sub-code  
are displayed alternately.  
display disappears.  
Cleaning with water or vacuum cleaner  
5
• If dirt is heavy, clean the air filter using tepid water  
with a neutral detergent or just water.  
2. Special mention  
3
• When the air conditioner stops and the error is cleared, the check code display on the remote controller will also  
disappear.  
• After cleaning with water, dry the air filter  
sufficiently in a shaded place.  
2
However, if the error continues after the unit has been stopped, the check code will immediately be displayed  
when the unit is restarted.  
Air inlet grille  
1
Strap to  
prevent falling  
Button  
Air inlet grille  
Push  
Air filter  
Button  
1
2
Cleaning of air outlet flap  
The air outlet flap can be removed to clean if necessary.  
1
2
3
Remove the air outlet flap.  
• Holding both ends of the air outlet flap, remove it by sagging the center downwards.  
Clean the air outlet flap with water.  
• If dirt is heavy, clean the air outlet flap using tepid water with neutral detergent or just water.  
Mount the air outlet flap.  
2
Insert in the flap sagging  
down the center downward.  
• First push in the one side, and insert the opposite side by sagging  
the center downwards.  
1
Insert  
3
Be careful to insert the flap in the correct direction.  
Insert the flap with the printed mark facing upwards, and  
the arrow on the flap pointing in the outward direction.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. REFRIGERATING CYCLE DIAGRAM  
Liquid side Gas side  
Strainer  
Capillary tube  
Air heat exchanger  
at indoor side  
Pulse Motor  
Valve (PMV)  
Strainer  
Sensor  
(TCJ)  
Fan  
M
Sensor  
(TC2)  
Sensor  
(TC1)  
Sensor  
(TA)  
Fan motor  
Functional part name  
Functional outline  
(Connector CN082 (6P): Blue)  
Pulse Motor Valve  
PMV  
1) Controls super heat in cooling operation  
2) Controls under cool in heating operation  
3) Recovers refrigerant oil in cooling operation  
4) Recovers refrigerant oil in heating operation  
Temp. sensor  
1. TA  
(Connector CN104 (2P):Yellow)  
1) Detects indoor suction temperature  
2. TC1 (Connector CN100 (3P): Brown)  
1) Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation  
3. TC2 (Connector CN101 (2P): Black)  
1) Controls PMV under cool in heating operation  
4. TCJ  
(Connector CN102 (2P): Red)  
1) Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation  
34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. CONTROL OUTLINE  
5-1. Control Specifications  
No.  
Item  
Outline of specifications  
Remarks  
1
Power supply  
is reset.  
1. Distinction of outdoor unit  
When the power supply is reset, the outdoor units are  
distinguished, and control is exchanged according to the  
distinctive results.  
2. Check code clear  
When the power supply is reset, the check code is also reset  
once. If an abnormal status which the check code appears  
after Start/Stop button of the remote controller has been  
pushed continues, the check code is displayed again on the  
remote controller.  
2
Operation  
select  
1. Based upon the operation select command from the remote  
controller or central controller, the operation mode is se-  
lected.  
Remote controller  
Control outline  
command  
STOP  
FAN  
Stops air conditioner.  
Fan operation  
COOL  
Cooling operation  
DRY  
Dry operation  
HEAT  
Heating operation  
COOL/HEAT AUTO operation  
COOL/HEAT AUTO  
Heating operation is automatically selected with difference  
between setup temperature and room temperature.  
3
Room temp.  
control  
1. Adjustment range, set temperature on remote controller (°C)  
All cooling  
18 to 29°C  
18 to 30°C  
All heating  
18 to 29°C  
16 to 30°C  
Wired type  
Wireless type  
2. From the item code 06, the setup temperature in heating  
operation can be corrected.  
Setup data  
0
2
4
6
Heating suction temperature  
shift  
Setup temp. correction  
+0°C  
+2°C  
+4°C  
+6°C  
Setup at shipment  
Setup data  
2
4
5
Automatic  
capacity  
control  
1. Based upon difference between Ta and Ts, the operation  
frequency is indicated to the outdoor unit.  
TS: Set temperature  
Ta: Room temperature  
Air volume  
control  
1. By the command from the remote controller, “HIGH  
”,  
“MED  
”, or “LOW  
” and “AUTO  
” operation is  
executed.  
2. While air speed is in AUTO mode, the air speed is changed  
according to the difference between Ta and Ts.  
35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No.  
Item  
Outline of specifications  
Remarks  
6
Prevention of  
cold air  
1. In all heating operation, the upper limit of the fan tap is set by  
one with higher temperature of TC2 sensor and TCJ sensor.  
discharge  
When B zone has continued for 6 minutes, the operation  
shifts to C zone.  
In defrost time, the control point is set to +6°C.  
In D and E zones, priority  
is given to remote control-  
ler air speed setup.  
In A “ ” is displayed.  
(˚C)  
32  
A zone: OFF  
B zone:  
Over 26˚C, below 28˚C, ULTRA LOW  
C zone:  
Over 28˚C, below 30˚C, LOW  
D zone:  
Over 30˚C, below 32˚C, MED  
D
C
30  
28  
26  
E
E zone: HIGH  
20  
16  
B
A
7
Freeze  
1. In all cooling operation, the air conditioner operates as de-  
scribed below based upon temp. detected by TC1, TC2 and  
TCJ sensors.  
prevention  
control (Low  
temp. release)  
To prevent the heat exchanger from freezing, the operation  
stops.  
When Jzone is detected for 5 minutes, the command  
frequency becomes S0to the outdoor unit.  
In Kzone, the timer count is interrupted, and held.  
When I zone is detected, the timer is cleared and the  
operation returns to the normal operation.  
When the command frequency became S0 with continua-  
tion of Jzone, operation of the the indoor fan in LOW  
mode until it reaches the I zone.  
It is reset when the following conditions are satisfied.  
Reset conditions  
>
>
>
1) TC1 12°C and TC2 12°C and TCJ 12°C  
2) 30 minutes passed after stop.  
( ) value:  
When the power supply is  
turned on, the Forced  
thermo becomes OFF if the  
temperature is less than this  
indicated temperature.  
(˚C)  
TC1  
TC2, TCJ  
–10°C  
a
P1  
Q1  
K
P1 10°C (5°C)  
J
Q1  
0°C  
–14°C  
2. In all cooling operation, the air conditioner operates as  
described below based upon temp. detected by TC2 and TCJ  
sensors.  
When Mzone is detected for 45 minutes, the command  
frequency becomes S0to the outdoor unit.  
In Nzone, the timer count is interrupted and held.  
When shifting to Mzone again, the timer count restarts  
and continues.  
If Lzone is detected, the timer is cleared and the opera-  
tion returns to normal operation.  
Reset conditions  
>
>
>
1) TC1 12°C and TC2 12°C and TCJ 12°C  
2) 30 minutes passed after stop.  
(˚C)  
L
TC2, TCJ  
5°C  
P2  
N
P2  
Q2  
In a Model without TC2,  
TC2 is not judged.  
M
Q2  
2.0°C  
36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No.  
Item  
Outline of specifications  
Remarks  
8
Recovery control  
for cooling  
refrigerant and oil  
1. The indoor unit which stops operation, thermostat is OFF,  
or operates in FAN mode opens PMV of the indoor unit by  
the specified opening degree when cooling refrigerant or oil  
recovery signal is received from the outdoor unit.  
Recovery operation is  
usually executed every 2  
hours.  
2. Drain pump of Compact 4-way Air Discharge Cassette type  
operates during recovery control mode.  
9
Recovery control  
for heating  
The indoor unit which stops operation, thermostat is OFF, or  
operates in FAN mode performs the following controls when  
In the indoor unit which  
thermostat is OFF, or  
operates in FAN mode,  
refrigerant and oil the heating refrigerant/Oil recovery signal is received from the  
outdoor unit.  
lamp goes on.  
1. Opens PMV of the indoor unit by the specified opening  
degree.  
2. Stops the fan.  
Recovery operation is  
usually executed every  
1 hour.  
(In this time the flap  
directs upward)  
3. Compact 4-way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioner  
rotates the indoor fan with Ultra Low Fan operation for  
approx. 1 minute after recovery control.  
4. After recovery control, drain pump of Compact 4-way Air  
Discharge Cassette type will operate.  
10 Short intermittent 1. For 5 minutes after the operation has started, the operation  
operation  
compensation  
control  
is continued even if entering thermostat-OFF condition.  
2. However, if the thermostat has been turned off by changing  
the set up temp., the thermostat is OFF with even the  
above condition. The protective control has priority.  
11 Drain pump  
control  
1. During COOLoperation (including DRY operation), the  
Check code [P10]  
drain pump operates.  
2. While the drain pump operates, if the float switch works,  
the drain pump continues operation and a check code is  
displayed.  
3. While the drain pump stops, if the float switch works, turn  
off the capacity demand command, stop the operation, and  
operate the drain pump. If the float switch continues  
operating for approx. 5 minutes, the operation stops and  
the check code is displayed.  
12 Elimination of  
remaining heat  
1. When the air conditioner stops in the HEATmode, drive  
the indoor fan with LOWmode for approx. 30 seconds.  
13 Auto flap control  
1. When the flap signal has been received from the remote  
controller, the louver operates if the indoor fan is operating.  
2. In Compact 4-way Air Discharge Cassette type, the  
discharge flap automatically directs upward if the operation  
stops.  
3. In Compact 4-way Air Discharge Cassette type, the  
discharge flap directs upward if the heating operation is  
being prepared.  
14 Filter sign display 1. The operation time of the indoor fan is integrated and  
(None in wireless  
type)  
Provided in the  
separately laid  
type  
stored in memory, and the filter exchange signal is sent to  
the remote controller to display on the remote controller  
LCD after the specified time.  
2. When the filter reset signal is received form the remote  
controller, time of the integrated timer is cleared. In this  
time, if the specified time has passed, the measured time is  
reset and LCD display disappears.  
TCB-AX21E.  
37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No.  
Item  
and “  
display  
(Operation and  
Outline of specifications  
Remarks  
15  
<Operation standby> .......... Display on remote controller  
1. • “P05is one of displays of power wire missing.  
• “P05of power cable is detected.  
• “ goes on.  
heating stand-by)  
• “COOL/DRYoperation cannot be performed because the  
other indoor unit is under HEAToperation.  
• “HEAToperation cannot be performed because COOL  
priority is set (Outdoor I/F P.C. board SW11 1-bit is ON)  
and the other indoor unit is under COOL/DRYoperation.  
• “FANoperation cannot be performed because the system  
performs Heat oil/Refrigerant recoveryoperation.  
There is a unit in which indoor overflow P10is detected.  
There is a unit in which interlock alarm P23is detected.  
2. The above indoor units unavailable to operate waits under  
condition of thermostat OFF.  
• “ goes on.  
<HEAT standby> .................. Display on remote controller  
1. During HEAT operation, the fan rotates with lower air speed  
than one specified in order to prevent discharge of cold  
draft or stops. (including case that defrost operation is  
being performed)  
• “HEAToperation cannot be performed because COOL  
priority is set (Outdoor I/F P.C. board SW11 bit 1 is ON) and  
the other indoor unit is under COOL/DRYoperation.  
2. HEAT standbyis displayed until the above conditions are  
released.  
16 Selection of  
central control  
mode  
1. The contents which can be changed on the remote controller  
at indoor unit side can be selected by setup at the central  
controller side.  
2. In case of operation from TCC-LINK central controller  
(TCB-SC642 TLE2, etc.)  
[Central control mode 1] : Cannot operate  
[Central control mode 2] :  
Cannot operate, stop, select mode, set up temp.  
[Central control mode 3] :  
Cannot select mode, set up temp.  
[Central control mode 4] : Cannot select mode  
3. RBC-AMT31E (Wired remote controller)  
If operation is performed  
from the remote control  
CENTRAL CONTROL”  
mode, the status is  
notified with receiving  
sound.  
While mode is the central control mode, “  
CENTRAL”  
lights on the display part of the remote controller.  
38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. APPLIED CONTROL  
6-1. Setup of Selecting Function in Indoor Unit  
(Be sure to Execute Setup by a Wired Remote Controller)  
<Procedure> Execute the setup operation while the unit stops.  
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
3
5
6
TIMER SET  
TIME  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
VENT  
4
2
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
1
SET  
CL  
TEST  
1
2
Push  
,
, and  
buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more.  
The firstly displayed unit No. indicates the header indoor unit address in the group control.  
In this time, the fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on.  
UNIT  
Every pushing  
button, the indoor unit numbers in the group control are successively  
displayed. In this time, the fan of the selected indoor unit only is turned on.  
Specify the item code (DN) using the setup temperature and buttons.  
Select the setup data using the timer time and buttons.  
3
4
(When selecting the DN code to “33”, change the temperature indication of the unit from “°C”  
to “°F” on the remote controller.)  
SET  
5
6
Push  
button. (OK if display goes on.)  
2
.
To change the item to be set up, return to procedure  
To change the selected indoor unit, return to procedu3re  
.
TEST  
Pushing  
button returns the status to normal stop status.  
39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table: Function selecting item numbers (DN)  
(Items necessary to perform the applied control at the local site are described.)  
DN  
Item  
Description  
At shipment  
0002 : 2500H  
01 Filter display delay timer  
0000 : None  
0002 : 2500H  
0004 : 10000H  
0001 : 150H  
0003 : 5000H  
02 Dirty state of filter  
0000 : Standard  
0001 : High degree of dirt (Half of standard time)  
0000 : Standard  
0099 : Unfixed  
0000 : No priority  
03 Central control address  
0001 : No.1 unit  
0099 : Unfixed  
to  
0064 : No.64 unit  
0001 : Priority  
04 Specific indoor unit priority 0000 : No priority  
06 Heating temp shift  
0000 : No shift  
0001 : +1°C  
0002 : +2°C  
0002 : +2°C  
to  
0010 : +10°C  
(Floor type 0000: 0°C)  
(Up to +6 recommended)  
0d Existence of [AUTO] mode 0000 : Provided  
0001 : Not provided (Automatic selection from connected outdoor unit)  
0001 : Not provided  
0000 : Not provided  
0000 : Heat pump  
0E Follows operation mode of 0000 : Does not follow  
the header unit  
0001 : Follows  
0F Cooling only  
0000 : Heat pump  
0001 : Cooling only (No display of [AUTO] [HEAT])  
10 Type  
0014: Compact 4-way Air Discharge Cassette  
0014:  
Compact 4-way A/D only  
11 Indoor unit capacity  
12 Line address  
0000 : Unfixed  
0001 : No.1 unit  
0001 : No.1 unit  
0000 : Individual  
0001 to 0034  
According to capacity type  
0099 : Unfixed  
to  
to  
0030 :No.30 unit  
13 Indoor unit address  
0064 :No.64 unit  
0099 : Unfixed  
14 Group address  
0001 :Header unit of group  
0099 : Unfixed  
0002 : Follower unit of group  
1E Temp difference of [AUTO] 0000 : 0 deg to  
0010 :10 deg  
0003 : 3 deg  
(Ts±1.5)  
mode selection COOL →  
(For setup temperature, reversal of COOL/HEAT by ± (Data value)/2)  
HEAT, HEAT COOL  
28 Automatic restart of power 0000 : None  
failure  
0001 :Restart  
0000 : None  
0002 : None  
2A Selection of option/error  
input (CN70)  
0000 : Filter input  
0002 : None  
0001 :Alarm input (Air washer, etc.)  
0001 :Leaving-ON prevention control  
2E HA terminal (CN61) select 0000 : Usual  
0002 : Fire alarm input  
0000 : Usual  
(HA terminal)  
31 Ventilating fan control  
32 TA sensor selection  
33 Temperature unit select  
0000 : Unavailable  
0001 :Available  
0000 : Unavailable  
0000 : Body TA sensor  
0000 : °C  
0000 : Body TA sensor  
0001 :Remote controller sensor  
0000 : °C (at factory shipment)  
0001 : °F  
5d High ceiling selection  
(Air volume selection)  
[Compact 4-way Air Discharge Cassette type]  
0000 : AP007 to AP012; Below 2.7m  
AP015; Below 2.9m  
0000 : Standard  
AP018; Below 3.2m  
0002 : AP015; Below 3.2m  
AP018; Below 3.4m  
0003 : AP015, AP018; Below 3.5m  
60 Timer set  
0000 : Available (Operable)  
0000 : Available  
(Wired remote controller)  
0001 : Unavailable (Operation prohibited)  
40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TYPE  
Indoor unit capacity  
Item code [11]  
Item code [10]  
Setup  
data  
Abbreviated  
Model name  
Setup data  
0001  
Model  
007  
Type  
0014  
Compact 4-way Air Discharge Cassette MMU-AP XXX MH  
0003  
009  
0005  
012  
0007  
015  
0009  
018  
6-2. Applied Control in Indoor Unit  
n Remote location ON/OFF control box (TCB-IFCB-4E)  
[Wiring and setup]  
Use the exclusive connector for connection with the indoor control P.C. board.  
In a group control, the system can operate when connecting with any indoor unit (Control P.C. board) in the  
group. However when taking out the operation/error signal from the other unit, it is necessary to take out from  
each unit individually.  
(1) Control items  
1) Start/Stop input signal : Operation start/stop in unit  
2) Operation signal  
3) Error signal  
: Output during normal operation  
: Output during alarm  
(Serial communication error or indoor/outdoor protective device) operation  
(2) Wiring diagram using remote control interface (TCB-IFCB-4E)  
Input  
IFCB-4E : No voltage ON/OFF serial signal  
No voltage contact for operation, error display  
Contact capacity: Below Max. AC240V 0.5A  
Output  
Remote location ON/OFF control box  
(TCB-IFCB-4E)  
Indoor control P.C. board  
Start/Stop input  
COM (GND)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
ON/OFF serial  
signal input  
Remote controller prohibition/clear input  
Operation signal output  
COM (+12V)  
COM  
CN06  
Error signal output  
1
2
CN61  
T10  
(YEL)  
3
4
5
6
CN13  
Operation signal output  
Error signal output  
Power supply 220240V, ~50Hz  
41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
n Ventilating fan control from remote controller  
[Function]  
The start/stop operation can be operated from the wired remote controller when air to air heat exchanger or  
ventilating fan is installed in the system.  
The fan can be operated even if the indoor unit is not operating.  
Use a fan which can receive the no-voltage A contact as an outside input signal.  
In a group control, the units are collectively operated and they can not be individually operated.  
(1) Operation  
Handle a wired remote controller in the following procedure.  
Use the wired remote controller during stop of the system.  
Be sure to set up the wired remote controller to the header unit. (Same in group control)  
In a group control, if the wired remote controller is set up to the header unit, both header and follower units  
are simultaneously operable.  
SET  
CL  
TEST  
1
2
Push concurrently  
+
+
buttons for 4 seconds or more.  
The unit No. displayed firstly indicates the header indoor unit address in the group control.  
In this time, the fan of the selected indoor unit turns on.  
UNIT  
Every pushing  
sively.  
button, the indoor unit numbers in group control are displayed succes-  
In this time, the fan of the selected indoor unit only turns on.  
3
4
Using the setup temp  
Using the timer time  
or  
button, specify the item code 31.  
or  
button, select the setup data. (At shipment: 0000 )  
The setup data are as follows:  
Setup data  
0000  
Handling of operation of air to air heat exchanger or ventilating fan  
Unavailable (At shipment)  
Available  
0001  
SET  
5
6
Push  
button. (OK if display goes on.)  
2
).  
To change the item to be set up, go to the procedure  
To change the selected indoor unit, go to the procedu3re  
).  
TEST  
Pushing  
returns the status to the usual stop status.  
(2) Wiring  
Compact 4-way Air Discharge Cassette type  
4-way Air Discharge Cassette type  
1-way Air Discharge Cassette type (2 series)  
Concealed Duct Standard type  
Slim Duct type  
Relay (DC12V, procured locally)  
Outside control  
CN32  
FAN DRIVE  
(2P WHI)  
model :  
1
2
1
2
input of fan  
To terminal  
Under Ceiling type  
High Wall type  
Corresponds up to a relay in which rated current of the  
operation coil is approx. 75mA  
Indoor control  
P.C. board  
Note) Determine the cable length between the  
Other type models:  
indoor control P.C. board and the relay within 2m.  
Correspond up to a relay in which rated current of the  
operation coil is approx. 16mA (Does not correspond  
to a terminal block type relay on the market.)  
42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
n Leaving-ON prevention control  
[Function]  
This function controls the indoor units individually. It is connected with cable to the control P.C. board of the  
indoor unit.  
In a group control, it is connected with cable to the indoor unit (Control P.C. board), and the item code 2E is  
set to the connected indoor unit.  
It is used when the start operation from outside if unnecessary but the stop operation is necessary.  
Using a card switch box, card lock, etc, the forgotten-OFF of the indoor unit can be protected.  
When inserting a card, start/stop operation from the remote controller is allowed.  
When taking out a card, the system stops if the indoor unit is operating and start/stop operation from the  
remote controller is forbidden.  
(1) Control items  
1) Outside contact ON : The start/stop operation from the remote controller is allowed.  
(Status that card is inserted in the card switch box)  
2) Outside contact OFF : If the indoor unit is operating, it is stopped forcedly.  
(Start/Stop prohibited to remote controller)  
(Status that card is taken out from the card switch box)  
When the card switch box does not perform the above contact operation, convert it using a relay with b  
contact.  
(2) Operation  
Handle the wired remote controller switch in the following procedure.  
Use the wired remote controller switch during stop of the system.  
SET  
CL  
TEST  
1
2
3
4
5
Push concurrently  
+
+
buttons for 4 seconds or more.  
button, specify the item code 2E .  
button, set 0001 to the setup data.  
Using the setup temp  
or  
Using the timer time  
or  
SET  
Push  
Push  
button.  
TEST  
button. (The status returns to the usual stop status.)  
(3) Wiring  
Relay (procured locally)  
CN61  
1 1  
T10  
2 2  
(YEL)  
3 3  
4 4  
5 5  
6 6  
* In the figure, the contact indicates  
a status that the card is taken out.  
Indoor control P.C. board  
Power supply  
Outside contact (Card switch box, etc: Procured locally)  
Note) Determine the cable length between the indoor control P.C. board and the relay within 2m.  
n Power peak-cut from indoor unit  
When the relay is turned on, a forced thermostat-OFF operation starts.  
Wiring example  
Relay (procured locally)  
CN73  
Note) Determine the cable length between the indoor or  
outdoor control P.C. board and the relay within 2m.  
1
2
1
2
EXCT  
(2P plug: RED)  
Relay coil signal  
Indoor control P.C. board  
43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. TROUBLESHOOTING  
7-1. Troubleshooting Summary  
1. Before troubleshooting  
1) Applied models  
S-MMS Multi type models  

ƒ
Indoor unit: MMX-APXXX,  
Outdoor unit: MMY-MAPXXXHT8, MMY-MAPXXXT7  
Super Heat Recovery Multi type models  
Indoor unit: MMX-APXXX,  
Outdoor unit: MMY-MAPXXXFT8  
Mini-S-MMS Multi type models  
Indoor unit: MMX-APXXX,  
Outdoor unit: MCY-MAPXXXHT, MCY-MAPXXXHT2D  
2) Required tools / measuring devices  
• Screwdrivers (Philips, Minus), spanner, radio pinchers, nipper, push pin for reset switch, etc.  
Tester, thermometer, pressure gauge, etc.  
3) Confirmation before check (The following items are not troubles.)  
No.  
Operation  
Check items  
1
Compressor does not operate.  
• Is not delayed for 3 minutes? (3 minutes after compressor-OFF)  
• Is not thermostat OFF?  
• Is not the fan operating or timer?  
• Is not the system initially communicating?  
Heating operation cannot be performed under condition of outside tempera-  
ture 21°C or higher.  
Cooling operation cannot be performed under condition of outside tempera-  
ture –5°C or lower.  
2
3
Indoor fan does not work.  
• Is not the cold draft prevention being controlled in heating operation?  
Outdoor fan does not rotate, or • Is not low cooling operation being controlled?  
fan speed changes.  
• Is not a defrost operation being performed?  
4
5
6
Indoor fan does not stop.  
• Is not after-heat elimination operation being controlled after heating opera-  
tion?  
Start/stop operation on remote  
controller is unavailable.  
• Is not auxiliary unit or remote control being operated?  
——  
• Is connecting wire of indoor unit or remote controller correct?  
2. Troubleshooting procedure  
When a trouble occurred, advance the check operation in the following procedure.  
Check the check display  
on the interface P.C. board  
of the outdoor unit.  
Check position or part  
in which trouble occurred.  
Trouble  
NOTE) While a check operation is performed, a malfunction of the microprocessor may be caused due to  
condition of the power supply or the external noise. If there is any noise source, change wires of the  
remote controller and signal wires to shield wires.  
44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7-2. Check Method  
On the remote controller (Main remote controller, Central control remote controller) and the interface P.C. board  
of the outdoor unit, a check display LCD (Remote controller) or 7-segment display (on the outdoor interface P.C.  
board) to display the operation is provided.Therefore the operation status can be known. Using this self-diagno-  
sis function, a trouble or position with trouble of the air conditioner can be found as shown in the table below.  
Check code list  
The following list shows each check code. Find the check contents from the list according to part to be checked.  
• In case of check from indoor remote controller: See “Main remote controller display” in the list.  
• In case of check from outdoor unit: See “Outdoor 7-segment display” in the list.  
• In case of check from indoor unit with wireless remote controller: See “Sensor block display of receiving unit”  
in the list.  
IPDU: Intelligent Power Drive Unit  
¡ : Lighting, : Flashing, : Goes off  
l
¤
ALT.: Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED.  
SIM: Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED  
Check code  
Wireless remote controller  
Sensor block display  
of receiving unit  
Main  
remote  
controller  
display  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Judging device  
Timer Ready Flash  
Auxiliary code  
Operation  
Communication error between indoor and remote  
controller (Detected at remote controller side)  
E01  
E02  
E03  
Remote controller  
Remote controller  
Indoor  
l
l
l
l
l
l
¤
¤
¤
l
Remote controller transmission error  
Communication error between indoor and remote  
controller (Detected at indoor side)  
Communication circuit error between  
indoor/outdoor (Detected at indoor side)  
E04  
E06  
Indoor  
I/F  
l
l
l
¤
¤
¤
l
l
l
No. of indoor units in which sensor has  
been normally received  
E06  
E07  
Decrease of No. of indoor units  
l
l
Communication circuit error between  
indoor/outdoor (Detected at outdoor side)  
I/F  
E08  
E09  
E10  
E08 Duplicated indoor addresses  
Duplicated indoor addresses  
Indoor / I/F  
Remote controller  
Indoor  
l
l
l
¤
¤
¤
Duplicated main remote controllers  
Communication error between indoor MCU  
01: Indoor/Outdoor communication  
E12  
E15  
E16  
E18  
E19  
E12  
E15  
E16  
Automatic address start error  
I/F  
I/F  
l
l
l
l
l
l
¤
02: Communication between outdoor units  
Indoor is nothing during automatic addressing  
Capacity over / No. of connected indoor units  
Communication error between indoor units  
Outdoor header units quantity error  
l
¤
¤
l
00: Capacity over  
I/F  
l
01 ~: No. of connected units  
Indoor  
I/F  
¤
l
00: Header is nothing  
E19  
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
02: Two or more header units  
01: Outdoor of other line connected  
02: Indoor of other line connected  
E20  
E20  
Other line connected during automatic address  
I/F  
l
l
Sending error in communication between outdoor  
units  
E23  
E25  
E26  
E28  
E23  
E25  
E26  
I/F  
I/F  
I/F  
I/F  
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Duplicated follower outdoor addresses  
Decrease of No. of connected outdoor units  
Follower outdoor unit error  
No. of outdoor units which received signal  
normally  
E28 Detected outdoor unit number  
01: IPDU1 error  
02: IPDU2 error  
03: IPDU1, 2 error  
E31  
E31 04: Fan IPDU error  
05: IPDU + Fan IPDU error  
06: IPDU2 + Fan IPDU error  
07: All IPDU error  
IPDU communication error  
I/F  
l
l
¤
45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Wireless remote controller  
Sensor block display  
of receiving unit  
Main  
remote  
controller  
display  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Judging device  
Timer Ready Flash  
Auxiliary code  
Operation  
F01  
F02  
F03  
F04  
F05  
F06  
F07  
F08  
F10  
F12  
ALT Indoor TCJ sensor error  
ALT Indoor TC2 sensor error  
Indoor  
Indoor  
Indoor  
I/F  
l
l
l
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
l
¡
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
ALT Indoor TC1 sensor error  
ALT TD1 sensor error  
ALT TD2 sensor error  
ALT TE1 sensor error  
ALT TL sensor error  
F04  
F05  
F06  
F07  
F08  
I/F  
I/F  
I/F  
ALT TO sensor error  
ALT Indoor TA sensor error  
ALT TS1 sensor error  
I/F  
Indoor  
I/F  
F12  
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
F13  
F13  
ALT TH sensor error  
IPDU  
¡
¤ ¤  
F15  
F16  
F23  
F24  
F29  
F31  
F15  
F16  
F23  
F24  
ALT Outdoor temp. sensor miscabling (TE, TL)  
ALT Outdoor pressure sensor miscabling (Pd, Ps)  
ALT Ps sensor error  
I/F  
I/F  
¡
¡
¡
¡
l
¡
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
I/F  
ALT Pd sensor error  
I/F  
SIM Indoor other error  
Indoor  
I/F  
F31  
SIM Indoor EEPROM error  
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
H01  
H02  
H03  
H01  
H02  
H03  
Compressor break down  
IPDU  
l
l
l
l
¤
Magnet switch error  
Overcurrent relay operation  
Compressor trouble (lock)  
MG-SW  
Overcurrent relay  
IPDU  
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
l
¤
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
Current detect circuit system error  
IPDU  
l
¤
H04  
H06  
H07  
H04  
H06  
H07  
Comp 1 case thermo operation  
Low pressure protective operation  
Oil level down detective protection  
I/F  
I/F  
I/F  
l
l
l
l
¤
l
¤
l
¤
01: TK1 sensor error  
02: TK2 sensor error  
03: TK3 sensor error  
04: TK4 sensor error  
H08  
H14  
H16  
H08  
H14  
H16  
Oil level detective temp sensor error  
Comp 2 case thermo operation  
I/F  
I/F  
l
l
l
l
¤
l
¤
01: TK1 oil circuit system error  
02: TK2 oil circuit system error  
03: TK3 oil circuit system error  
04: TK4 oil circuit system error  
Oil level detective circuit error  
Magnet switch error  
Overcurrent relay operation  
I/F  
MG-SW  
Overcurrent relay  
l
¤
L03  
L04  
SIM Indoor center unit duplicated  
SIM Outdoor line address duplicated  
Indoor  
I/F  
l
¤
¤
¤
L04  
¡
¤
Duplicated indoor units with priority  
SIM  
L05  
L06  
I/F  
I/F  
l
¤
¤
¤
(Displayed in indoor unit with priority)  
Duplicated indoor units with priority  
SIM  
L06 No. of indoor units with priority  
l
¤
(Displayed in unit other than indoor unit with priority)  
L07  
L08  
L09  
L10  
L20  
L28  
SIM Group line in individual indoor unit  
SIM Indoor group/Address unset  
SIM Indoor capacity unset  
Indoor  
Indoor, I/F  
Indoor  
I/F  
l
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
L08  
l
¤
l
¤
L10  
L20  
L28  
SIM Outdoor capacity unset  
¡
¤
SIM Duplicated central control addresses  
SIM Over No. of connected outdoor units  
Indoor  
I/F  
¡
¤
¡
¤
01: IPDU1 error  
02: IPDU2 error  
03: IPDU3 error  
L29  
L29 04: Fan IPDU error  
05: IPDU1 + Fan IPDU error  
06: IPDU2 + Fan IPDU error  
07: All IPDU error  
SIM No. of IPDU error  
I/F  
¡
¤
¤
¤
L30  
L30 Detected indoor address  
SIM Indoor outside interlock  
Extended I/C error  
Indoor  
I/F  
¡
¤
L31  
46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Wireless remote controller  
Sensor block display  
of receiving unit  
Judging  
device  
Main  
remote  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
controller  
display  
Timer Ready Flash  
Auxiliary code  
Operation  
l
P01  
P03  
ALT Indoor fan motor error  
ALT Discharge temp. TD1 error  
Indoor  
I/F  
¤ ¤  
P03  
l
¤
¤
01: Comp. 1 side  
P04  
P05  
P07  
P04  
P05  
P07  
ALT High-pressure SW system operation  
ALT Phase-missing detection /Phase error  
ALT Heat sink overheat error  
IPDU  
I/F  
l
¤
¤
¤
¤
02: Comp. 2 side  
01: Phase-missing detection  
02: Phase error  
l
¤
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
IPDU, I/F  
l
¤
P10  
P12  
P13  
P10 Detected indoor address  
ALT Indoor overflow error  
Indoor  
Indoor  
I/F  
l
l
l
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
¤ ¤  
ALT Indoor fan motor error  
P13  
ALT Outdoor liquid back detection error  
01: TS condition  
P15  
P15  
ALT Gas leak detection  
I/F  
l
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
02: TD condition  
P17  
P19  
P20  
P17  
ALT Discharge temp. TD2 error  
ALT 4-way valve inverse error  
I/F  
I/F  
I/F  
l
P19 Detected outdoor unit number  
l
¤
P20  
ALT High-pressure protective operation  
l
¤
0
: IGBT short  
1
: Fan motor position detective circuit error  
: Fan motor trouble  
3
P22  
P22  
ALT Outdoor fan IPDU error  
IPDU  
l
¤
¤
C
D
E
: TH sensor temp. error (Heat sink overheat)  
: TH sensor error  
: Vdc output error  
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
P26  
P26  
ALT G-TR short protection error  
IPDU  
l
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
¤
01: Comp. 1 side  
02: Comp. 2 side  
P29  
P31  
P29  
P31  
ALT Comp position detective circuit system error  
IPDU  
l
Other indoor unit error  
ALT  
Indoor  
l
(Group terminal unit error)  
Error detected by TCC-LINK central control device  
Check code  
Wireless remote controller  
Sensor block display  
of receiving unit  
Central  
control  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Judging device  
device  
indication  
Timer Ready Flash  
Auxiliary code  
Operation  
C05  
C06  
Sending error in TCC-LINK central control device  
Receiving error in TCC-LINK central control device  
TCC-LINK  
TCC-LINK  
Batch alarm of general-purpose equipment control General-purpose equipment  
C12  
P30  
interface  
I/F  
Differs according to error contents of unit with occurrence of alarm  
(L20 is displayed.)  
Group control branching unit error  
Duplicated central control addresses  
TCC-LINK  
47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The check code  
1. TheTCC LINK check code  
The displaying method of the check code.  
TCC Link  
Alphabet + Decimal notation, 2 digits  
Used characters  
|
Display  
Classification  
Characteristics of  
code classification  
Many classification of communication/  
incorrect setup system  
A
C
E
F
H
J
Unused  
Central control system error  
Communication system error  
Each sensor error (Failure)  
Compressor protective system error  
Unused  
Communication/Incorrect setup (4 ways),  
Indoor protection, Outdoor protection,  
Sensor, Compressor protection, etc.  
Block display  
L
Setup error, Other errors  
Protective device operation  
P
< Display in wired remote controller >  
• [ ] goes on.  
• [UNIT No.] + Check code + Operation lamp (Green) flash  
<Display on sensor part in wireless remote controller>  
• Block display of combination of [ ] [ ] [  
]
<Display on 7-segment in outdoor unit>  
• Unit No. and check code are displayed.  
• In a case of error with auxiliary code, the check code and the auxiliary code are displayed alternately.  
2. Special mention  
• The check code of the remote controller is displayed only while the air conditioner is operating  
(Remote controller start button ON).  
When the air conditioner stopped and the error has been cleared, the check code display on the remote  
controller also disappears.  
However, if the error continues after stop of the operation, the check code is immediately displayed with  
restarting of the operation.  
48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7-3. Troubleshooting by Check Display on Remote Controller  
In case of wired remote controller (RBC-AMT31E)  
1. Confirmation and check  
CODE No.  
When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner,  
the check code and the indoor unit No. are  
UNIT No.  
displayed on the display section of the remote  
R.C.  
No.  
controller.  
The check code is displayed while the air condi-  
tioner operates.  
Check code  
Indoor unit No. in which  
an error occurred  
If the display disappeared, operate the air  
conditioner and check the error based upon the  
following “Confirmation of error history”.  
2. Confirmation of error history  
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner,  
the error history can be confirmed with the  
following procedure.  
2
TIMER SET  
TIME  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
VENT  
(Up to 4 error histories are stored in memory.)  
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
This history can be confirmed from either operat-  
ing status or stop status.  
SET CL  
1
3
Procedure  
Description  
SET  
TEST  
When pushing  
and  
buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more, the below display appears.  
If [Service Check] is displayed, the mode enters in the error history mode.  
• [01: Error history order] is displayed in code number window.  
• [Check Code] is displayed in check code window.  
CODE No.  
1
UNIT No.  
• [Indoor unit address with error] is displayed in UNIT No.  
R.C.  
No.  
Every pushing temp. set  
order.  
/
buttons, the error histories stored in the memory are displayed in  
The numbers in item code indicates item code [01] (Latest) to [04] (Oldest).  
2
3
CAUTION  
Do not push [CL] button because all the error histories of the indoor unit will be deleted.  
TEST  
After confirmation, push  
button to return to the usual display.  
49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
In case of central remote controller (TCB-SC642TLE)  
ZONE  
ALL  
ZONE  
GROUP  
CODE  
No.  
1234  
TEST  
UNIT No.  
SET DATA  
SETTING  
R.C.  
No.  
GROUP  
SELECT  
ZONE  
CL SET  
1. Confirmation and check  
When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner, the check code and the indoor unit No. are displayed on the  
display section of the remote controller.  
The check code is displayed while the air conditioner operates.  
If the display disappeared, operate the air conditioner and check the error based upon the following “Confir-  
mation of error history”.  
Unit No display  
UNIT No.  
Alarm display  
Alternate flashing display  
R.C  
No.  
2. Confirmation of error history  
When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner, the error history can be confirmed with the following proce-  
dure. (Up to 4 error histories are stored in memory.)  
This history can be confirmed from either operating or stop.  
1) Push  
and  
buttons in succession for 4 seconds or more.  
goes on and Item code 01 goes on.  
SET  
2) SERVICE CHECK  
3) When selecting (flash) the group number if there is the alarm history, the UNIT number and the latest  
alarm history are displayed alternately.  
* In this time, the temperature cannot be set up.  
4) To confirm the alarm history other than the latest one, push temp. set  
(01 to 04).  
/
to select Item code  
GROUP  
ZONE  
5) To confirm the alarm in the other group, push  
and  
to select the group number  
Do not push button because all the alarm histories of the currently selected group are deleted.  
CL  
6) To finish the service check, push  
button.  
Unit No display  
UNIT No.  
Alarm display  
Alternate flashing display  
R.C  
No.  
50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7-4. Check Code and Check Position Displayed on the Remote Controller and Outdoor Unit  
(7-Segment Display of Interface)  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Main  
remote  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
controller  
Check code  
Auxiliary code  
E01  
Remote Communication error between  
controller indoor and remote controller  
(Detected at remote controller side)  
Corresponding Communication interrupted between • Check remote controller inter-unit cable (A/B).  
unit only stops. indoor P.C. board and remote  
• Check disconnection, connector contact error.  
controller.  
• Check indoor power supply.  
• Check indoor P.C. board error.  
• Check remote controller address setup.  
(When two remote controllers operate)  
• Check remote controller P.C. board.  
E02  
E03  
Remote Remote controller sending error  
controller  
Corresponding Signal could not be sent from remote • Check the communication wire of remote controller:  
unit only stops. controller to indoor unit.  
Exchange remote controller.  
Indoor unit Communication error between  
indoor and remote controller  
Corresponding No communication from remote  
unit only stops. controller (including wireless) and  
communication adapter.  
• Check remote controller and communication adapter wiring.  
(Detected at indoor side)  
E04  
E06  
Indoor unit Indoor/outdoor communication  
circuit error  
Corresponding Indoor unit does not receive  
unit only stops. communication from outdoor unit.  
• Check power-ON order of indoor/outdoor.  
• Check indoor address setup.  
(Detected at indoor side)  
• Check inter-unit cabling between indoor and outdoor.  
• Check outdoor end terminal resistance setup (SW30-2).  
I/F  
I/F  
Decreased number of indoor units  
All stop  
When signal is not sent for a certain • Check the power supply of indoor unit. (Power-ON)  
period from the indoor unit which has  
E06  
No. of indoor units which  
received signal normally  
• Check connection of communication line between indoor and outdoor.  
been used to send signals, [E06] is  
normally displayed.  
• Check connector connection for communication in indoor P.C. board.  
• Check connector connection for communication in outdoor P.C. board.  
• Check indoor P.C. board failure.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) failure.  
Indoor/outdoor communication  
circuit error  
All stop  
All stop  
Transmission from outdoor to indoor  
cannot continue for 30 seconds.  
• Check outdoor terminator resistor setup (SW30-2).  
E07  
E08  
• Check the communication connection between indoor and outdoor.  
(Detected at outdoor side)  
Duplicated indoor addresses  
Multiple indoor unit address setup  
are duplicated.  
E08  
Duplicated indoor  
addresses  
Indoor  
I/F  
• Check indoor address.  
• Check the change of remote controller connection (Group / individual)  
after setup of indoor address.  
Duplicated master remote  
controllers  
Corresponding In 2-remote controller control  
unit only stops. (including wireless), both are setup  
as master  
E09  
E10  
Remote  
controller  
• Check remote controller setup.  
• Check remote controller P.C. board.  
(Header indoor unit stops and other  
indoor unit is operating.)  
Communication error between  
indoor P.C. board assembly  
Corresponding There is any trouble in power line.  
unit only stops.  
Indoor unit  
• Indoor P.C. board failure  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Main  
remote  
controller  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
Check code  
Auxiliary code  
E12  
E12  
01: Indoor/outdoor communication  
02: Between outdoors communication  
I/F  
Automatic address  
start error  
All stop  
• When indoor automatic address started,  
other refrigerant circuit system was setting  
automatic address.  
• Setup the address again after disconnecting communication  
connection with other refrigerant circuit system.  
• When outdoor automatic address started,  
indoor automatic address was executed.  
E15  
E15  
I/F  
No corresponding  
indoor unit during  
automatic address  
All stop  
All stop  
Indoor unit is not found when indoor automatic  
address start was set up.  
Check the communication line connection between indoor and outdoor.  
• Check the electric power line error in indoor.  
• Check the noise of surrounding devices.  
• Power failure  
• Check indoor P.C. board error.  
E16  
E16  
00: Capacity over  
I/F  
No. of connected  
indoor units /  
Capacity over  
Total capacity of indoor units exceeded  
135% of total outdoor capacity.  
• No. of connected indoor units are more than  
48 units.  
• Check the connection capacity of indoor unit.  
• Check the HP capacity of indoor unit.  
• Check the indoor/outdoor capacity setup  
• Check the No. of connected indoor units.  
• Check the outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
01 to: No. of connected units  
[Note]  
If this code appears after backup setup of  
outdoor unit trouble, set up “No. capacity-over  
detection”.  
<Setup method ofNo. capacity-over  
detection”>  
Turn on SW09/Bit 2 on I/F P.C. board of  
outdoor header unit.  
E18  
E19  
Indoor  
unit  
Communication error  
between indoor header unit only stops. header and follower units  
and follower units  
Corresponding Regular communication between indoor  
• Check cable of the remote controller.  
• Check power cabling of indoor.  
• Check P.C. board of indoor.  
E19  
00: No header unit  
02: Two or more header units  
I/F  
Outdoor unit quantity  
error  
All stop  
• There are multiple outdoor units in 1 line.  
• There is none of outdoor unit in 1 line.  
The outdoor unit connected with communication cable between  
indoor and outdoor (U1.U2) is the outdoor unit.  
Check connection of communication line between indoor and outdoor.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board(I/F) error.  
E20  
E23  
E20  
E23  
01: Connection of outdoor of other line  
02: Connection of indoor of other line  
I/F  
I/F  
Other line unit  
connected during  
automatic address  
All stop  
All stop  
Unit of other line was connected when indoor  
automatic address started.  
Separate the cable between lines according to automatic address  
setup method in “Address setup”.  
Communication  
sending error between  
outdoor units  
Transmission of other outdoor unit was  
unavailable for 30 seconds or more.  
In this model, only one outdoor unit is provided to one refrigerant line.  
Be sure to check there is no communication connection with outdoor  
unit in the other refrigerant line.  
E25  
E26  
E25  
E26  
Outdoor addresses manually set up are  
duplicated.  
Note)  
I/F  
I/F  
Duplicated outdoor  
follower address setup  
All stop  
All stop  
Do not set up the outdoor address manually.  
No. of normally received outdoor units  
Decreased number of  
connected outdoor  
units  
The signal was not returned for constant from  
the outdoor unit which was receiving signal.  
In this model, only one outdoor unit is provided to one refrigerant line.  
Be sure to check there is no communication connection with outdoor  
unit in the other refrigerant line.  
E28  
E28  
Outdoor header unit received error code from  
outdoor follower unit.  
• Check the check code of outdoor follower unit.  
No. of detected outdoor units  
I/F  
Outdoor follower unit  
error  
All stop  
<Convenient functions>  
When pushing SW04 for 1 second or more under condition that [E28] is displayed on 7-segment display of  
outdoor header unit, the fan of outdoor unit which stopped abnormally starts rotating.  
If pushing SW04 and SW05 simultaneously, the fan of normal outdoor unit operates.  
When pushing SW05 singly, the operation of fan is cleared.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Main  
remote  
controller  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Auxiliary code  
Check code  
E31  
E31  
01: IPDU1 error  
I/F  
IPDU communication  
error  
All stop  
Communication of each IPDU (P.C. board) in  
inverter box interrupted.  
• Check connection of communication connector and  
disconnection between IPDU and I/F P.C. board.  
02: IPDU2 error  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F, IPDU, Fan IPDU) error.  
• Check external noise.  
03: IPDU1, 2 errors  
04: Fan IPDU error  
• Check power supply P.C. board for fan error.  
05: IPDU1 + Fan IPDU error  
06: IPDU2 + Fan IPDU error  
07: All IPDU error or communication error  
between IPDU and I/F P.C. board or  
outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
F01  
F02  
F03  
F04  
F05  
F06  
F07  
F08  
F10  
F12  
Indoor unit IndoorTCJ sensor  
error  
Corresponding • Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero. • Check connection/cabling of TCJ sensor connector.  
unit only stops.  
(Open/Short)  
• Check characteristics of TCJ sensor resistance value.  
• Check indoor P.C. board error.  
Indoor unit Indoor TC2 sensor  
error  
Corresponding • Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero • Check connection/cabling of TC2 sensor connector.  
unit only stops.  
(Open/Short).  
• Check characteristics of TC2 sensor resistance value.  
• Check indoor P.C. board error.  
Indoor unit Indoor TC1 sensor  
error  
Corresponding • Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero • Check connection/cabling of TC1 sensor connector.  
unit only stops.  
(Open/Short).  
• Check characteristics of TC1 sensor resistance value.  
• Check indoor P.C. board error.  
F04  
F05  
F06  
F07  
F08  
I/F  
I/F  
TD1 sensor error  
TD2 sensor error  
TE1 sensor error  
TL sensor error  
TO sensor error  
All stop  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero • Check connection of TD1 sensor connector.  
(Open/Short)  
• Check characteristics of TD1 sensor resistance value.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
All stop  
All stop  
All stop  
All stop  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero  
(Open/Short)  
• Check connection of TD2 sensor connector.  
• Check characteristics of TD2 sensor resistance value.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
I/F  
• Check connection of TE1 sensor connector.  
• Check characteristics of TE1 sensor resistance value.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero  
(Open/Short).  
I/F  
• Check connection of TL sensor connector.  
• Check characteristics of TL sensor resistance value.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero  
(Open/Short).  
I/F  
• Check connection of TO sensor connector.  
• Check characteristics of TO sensor resistance value.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero  
(Open/Short).  
Indoor  
I/F  
• Check connection/cabling of TA sensor connector.  
• Check characteristics of TA sensor resistance value.  
• Check indoor P.C. board error.  
IndoorTA sensor  
error  
Corresponding  
unit only stops.  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero  
(Open/Short).  
F12  
01: TS1  
02: TS2  
TS1, TS2 sensor  
error  
All stop  
• Check connection of TS1 or TS2 sensor connector.  
• Check characteristics of TS1, TS2 sensor resistance value.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero  
(Open/Short).  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Main  
remote  
controller  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
Check code  
Auxiliary code  
F13  
F15  
F13  
01: Compressor 1 side  
02: Compressor 2 side  
IPDU  
I/F  
TH sensor error  
All stop  
All stop  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero  
(Open/Short).  
• IGBT built-in temp sensor error  
Exchange IPDU P.C. board.  
F15  
Outdoor temp sensor  
miscabling (TE1, TL)  
During operation of compressor in HEAT mode, the  
TE1 detection temp was higher than that of TL by the  
specified value continued for 3 minutes or more.  
• Check installation of TE1 sensor and TL sensor.  
• Check characteristics of TE1 and TL sensor resistance value.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
F16  
F23  
I/F  
I/F  
Outdoor pressure sensor  
miscabling (Pd, Ps)  
All stop  
All stop  
High-pressure Pd sensor and low-pressure Ps sensor • Check connection of high-pressure Pd sensor connector.  
F16  
F23  
were exchanged, or output voltages of both sensors  
are zero.  
• Check connection of low-pressure Ps sensor connector.  
• Check pressure sensors Pd and Ps error.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Check compression error of compressor.  
Ps sensor error  
Output voltage of Ps sensor was zero.  
• Misconnection of Ps sensor and Pd sensor connectors  
• Check connection of Ps sensor connector.  
• Check Ps sensor error.  
• Check compression error of compressor.  
• Check 4-way valve error.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Check SV4 circuit error.  
F24  
I/F  
Pd sensor error  
All stop  
Output voltage of Pd sensor was zero. (Sensor Open) • Check connection of Pd sensor connector.  
F24  
Pd > 4.15MPa during stop of compressor  
• Check Pd sensor error.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
Indoor  
I/F  
Indoor other error  
Corresponding Indoor P.C. board did not operate normally.  
unit only stops.  
• Check indoor P.C. board error (EEPROM error).  
F29  
F31  
F31  
Outdoor EEPROM error  
All stop (*1)  
Outdoor P.C. board (I/F) did not operate normally.  
• Check power voltage.  
• Check power noise.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
H01  
H02  
01: Compressor 1 side  
02: Compressor 2 side  
IPDU  
IPDU  
Compressor breakdown  
All stop  
Inverter current detection circuit detected over-current • Check power voltage. (AC220–240V ± 10%).  
H01  
H02  
and stopped.  
• Check compressor error.  
• Check cause of abnormal overload operation.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (IPDU) error.  
01: Compressor 1 side  
02: Compressor 2 side  
Compressor error (lock)  
MG-SW error  
All stop  
Over-current was detected several seconds after  
header compressor had started.  
• Check compressor error.  
• Check power voltage. (AC380–10%, 415V +10%).  
• Check cable of compressor and phase-missing.  
• Check connector/terminal connection on IPDU P.C. board.  
OCR operation  
• Check conduction of case heater.  
(Check activation error due to liquid stagnation in compressor.)  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (IPDU) error.  
• Check outdoor MG-SW or OCR.  
(*1) All stop only in case of the header unit The follower unit continues operation.  
MG-SW : Magnet Switch, OCR : Over-current Relay  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Main  
remote  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
controller  
Check code  
Auxiliary code  
H03  
H04  
H03  
01: Compressor 1 side  
02: Compressor 2 side  
IPDU  
I/F  
Current detection  
circuit system error  
All stop  
All stop  
While header compressor stopped, current flowed • Check cabling of current detection circuit system.  
more than the specified current and was detected.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (IPDU) error.  
H04  
Compressor 1 case  
thermo operation  
Compressor 1 case thermostat performed  
protective operation.  
• Check compressor 1 case thermo circuit. (Connector, cable, P.C. board)  
• Check full opening of service valve. (Gas and liquid side)  
• Check outdoor PMV clogging. (PMV1, 2, 3)  
• Check SV41 circuit leakage.  
• Check miscabling/misinstallation of SV41 and SV42.  
• Check valve open status of indoor PMV.  
• Check 4-way valve error.  
• Check refrigerant shortage.  
• Check SV5 leak.  
• Check SV11 circuit. (Wiring, OFF at one side only)  
• Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipe.  
• Check Flow selector unit.  
Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve.  
(Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS.)  
Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe (Suction gas/Discharge gas),  
wiring between FS unit and indoor unit, and connection of connectors.  
Check miswiring of SVS/SVD valves.  
H06  
H06  
I/F  
Low-pressure  
protective operation  
All stop  
Low-pressure Ps detected operation lower than  
0.02MPa.  
• Check full opening of service valve.  
(Discharge gas, suction gas and liquid side)  
• Check outdoor PMV clogging. (PMV1, 2)  
• Check SV2 circuit and SV4 circuit error.  
• Check low-pressure Ps sensor error.  
• Check indoor air filter clogging.  
• Check valve open of indoor PMV.  
• Check refrigerant pipe clogging.  
• Check outdoor fan operation.  
(All heating, mainly heating, part cooling operation)  
• Check refrigerant shortage.  
• Check clogging of circuit at auxiliary heat exchanger side.  
(PMV3, SV12, check valve)  
• Check 4-way valve error. (Reversal error)  
• Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipe.  
• Check Flow selector unit.  
Check miswiring of discharge gas/suction gas pipe to FS unit.  
Check wiring between FS unit and indoor unit.  
Check miswiring of SVD/SVS valves, misinstallation of coil.  
Check opened status of SVS valve.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Main  
remote  
controller  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
Check code  
Auxiliary code  
H07  
H07  
I/F  
Protection for oil  
level drop detection  
All stop  
The operating compressor detected oil shortage <Check all the outdoor units in the corresponding line.>  
continuously for 2 hours.  
• Check full opening of service valve of balance pipe.  
• Check connection and installation of TK1, TK2, TK3, and TK4 sensors.  
• Check characteristics of TK1, TK2, TK3, and TK4 resistance values.  
• Check gas leak and oil leak in the same line.  
• Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor.  
• Check error of SV3A, SV3B, SV3C, SV3D, and SV3E valves.  
• Check clogging of oil separator oil return circuit.  
• Check clogging of oil-equation circuit.  
<Check clogging of oil equation pipe between compressors.>  
• Check TS1, TS2 sensors (Miswiring and misinstallation of TS1 and TS2)  
• Check leakage of SV6 circuit.  
• Check FS unit.  
Leakage of check valve of bypass between liquid pipe and discharge gas pipe  
Mispiping of discharge/suction gas connection  
Miswiring of SVD/SVS valve/Misinstallation of coil  
• Check whether there is no setup missing of indoor unit in all cooling operation mode  
H08  
H08  
01: TK1 sensor error  
02: TK2 sensor error  
03: TK3 sensor error  
04: TK4 sensor error  
I/F  
Oil level detective  
temp sensor error  
All stop  
All stop  
All stop  
All stop  
All stop  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero.  
(Open/Short)  
• Check connection of TK1 sensor connector.  
• Check characteristics of TK1 sensor resistance value.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero.  
(Open/Short)  
• Check connection of TK2 sensor connector.  
• Check characteristics of TK2 sensor resistance value.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero.  
(Open/Short)  
• Check connection of TK3 sensor connector.  
• Check characteristics of TK3 sensor resistance value.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero.  
(Open/Short)  
• Check connection of TK4 sensor connector.  
• Check characteristics of TK4 sensor resistance value.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
Compressor 2 case  
thermo operation  
Compressor 2 case thermostat operated.  
• Check compressor 2 case thermo circuit. (Connector, cable, P.C. board)  
• Check full opening of service valve. (Gas and liquid side)  
• Check outdoor PMV clogging. (PMV1, 2)  
H14  
H14  
I/F  
• Check SV42 valve leak.  
• Check miscabling/misinstallation of SV41 and SV42.  
• Check valve opening of indoor PMV.  
• Check 4-way valve error.  
• Check refrigerant shortage.  
• Check SV11 circuit. (Wiring, OFF at one side only)  
• Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipe.  
• Check Flow selector unit.  
Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve. (Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS.)  
Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe (Suction gas/Discharge gas), wiring between  
FS unit and indoor unit, and connection of connectors.  
Check miswiring of SVS/SVD valves.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Main  
remote  
controller  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
Check code  
Auxiliary code  
H16  
H16  
01:TK1 oil circuit system error  
02:TK2 oil circuit system error  
03:TK3 oil circuit system error  
04:TK4 oil circuit system error  
I/F  
Oil level detective circuit system error  
MG-SW error  
All stop  
Temperature change of TK1 could not be • Check TK1 sensor coming-off.  
detected though compressor 1 started  
• Check characteristics of TK1 sensor resistance value.  
the operation.  
OCR operation  
• Check TK1, TK2, TK3, and TK4 misconnection.  
• Check operation error of SV3E valve.  
• Check capillary clogging of oil-equation circuit and operation error  
of stop valve.  
• Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor.  
• Check MG-SW or OCR.  
Temperature change of TK2 could not be • Check TK2 sensor coming-off.  
detected though compressor 2 started  
• Check characteristics of TK2 sensor resistance value.  
the operation.  
• Check TK1, TK2, TK3, and TK4 misconnection.  
• Check SV3E valve operation.  
• Check capillary clogging of oil equalization circuit and check stop  
valve operation.  
• Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell.  
• Check MG-SW or OCR.  
Temperature change of TK3 could not be • Check TK3 sensor coming-off.  
detected though compressor started the  
• Check characteristics of TK3 sensor resistance value.  
operation.  
• Check TK1, TK2, TK3, and TK4 misconnection.  
• Check SV3E valve operation.  
• Check capillary clogging of oil-equalization circuit and check valve  
operation.  
• Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell.  
• Check MG-SW or OCR.  
Temperature change of TK4 could not be • Check TK4 sensor coming-off.  
detected though compressor started the  
• Check characteristics of TK4 sensor resistance value.  
operation, or the difference from other TK  
sensor changed for a constant time only  
within the specified range.  
• Check TK1, TK2, TK3, and TK4 misconnection.  
• Check SV3E valve operation.  
• Check capillary clogging of oil-equalization circuit and check valve  
operation.  
• Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell.  
• Check MG-SW or OCR.  
L03  
Indoor  
Duplicated indoor center units  
Duplicated outdoor line address  
Corresponding There are multiple center units in a group. • Check indoor address.  
unit only stops.  
• Check the change of remote controller connection  
(Group/individual) after indoor address setup.  
L04  
L05  
L04  
I/F  
I/F  
All stop  
All stop  
Line address setup is duplicated against  
the outdoor unit in different refrigerant  
pipe system.  
• Check line address.  
Duplicated indoor units with priority  
(Displayed on indoor unit with priority)  
Indoor units with priority were duplicated. • Check display of indoor unit with priority.  
MG-SW : Magnet Switch, OCR : Over-current Relay  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Main  
remote  
controller  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Auxiliary code  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
Check code  
L06  
L07  
L08  
L06  
No. of indoor units with priority  
I/F  
Duplicated indoor units with priority  
(Displayed on the unit other than  
indoor unit with priority)  
All stop  
Indoor units with priority were  
duplicated.  
• Check display of indoor unit with priority and outdoor unit.  
Indoor  
Indoor  
Group line in individual indoor unit. Corresponding At least one indoor unit connected  
unit only stops. to a group existed in the individual  
indoor units.  
• Check indoor address.  
L08  
Indoor group / address unset  
Corresponding Address was not yet set up.  
unit only stops.  
• Check indoor address.  
Note)  
After installation, this code is displayed when the power is firstly  
turned on.  
L09  
L10  
Indoor  
I/F  
Indoor capacity unset  
Outdoor capacity unset  
Corresponding Indoor unit capacity was unset.  
unit only stops.  
Set up indoor capacity. (DN=11)  
L10  
All stop  
On the I/F P.C. board for service,  
jumper line was not cut according to  
the model.  
Check model setup on outdoor I/F P.C. board A’ssy for service.  
L17  
L18  
L17  
L18  
I/F  
I/F  
Inconsistent models of outdoor  
units  
Outdoor units of 1 series and those • Check outdoor units.  
of 2 series were mixed.  
Corresponding indoor address  
FS unit system error  
Corresponding An indoor unit which is not  
unit only stops. connected with FS unit is driving  
without setup for cooling only mode.  
• Check setup of remote controller (DN=[OFF]).  
• Check FS unit.  
Check pipe connection to FS unit.  
(Mispiping between discharge gas and suction gas)  
Check miswiring/misinstallation of SVS/SVD valves.  
L20  
L28  
Indoor  
I/F  
Duplicated central control  
addresses  
All stop  
All stop  
Duplicated central control  
addresses  
• Check central control address.  
• Check network adaptor P.C. board. (In case of AI-NET)  
L28  
Quantity over of connected outdoor  
units  
There were more than four outdoor • Check No. of connected outdoor units.  
units.  
(Max. 4 units per 1 system)  
• Check communication line between outdoor units.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
L29  
L29  
01: IPDU1 error  
02: IPDU2 error  
03: IPDU1, 2 errors  
04: Fan IPDU error  
05: IPDU1 + Fan IPDU error  
06: IPDU2 + Fan IPDU error  
I/F  
IPDU quantity error  
All stop  
No. of IPDU units detected when  
power was turned on were less.  
• Check model setup for outdoor I/F service P.C. board.  
• Check connection of UART communication connector.  
• Check IPDU, fan IPDU, and I/F P.C. board error.  
Note)  
UART: Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter  
07: All IPDU error or communication  
error between IPDU and I/F P.C.  
board, or outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
L30  
L30  
L31  
Detected indoor address  
Indoor  
Interlock in indoor unit from outside Corresponding • Outside error input terminal  
n Outside device is connected to connector (CN80):  
1) Check outside device error.  
2) Check indoor P.C. board error.  
unit only stops.  
Detected signal to (CN80) for  
more 1 minute  
n Outside device is not connected to connector (CN80):  
1) Check indoor P.C. board error.  
Check indoor (I/F) P.C. board.  
I/F  
Extended IC (Integrated Circuit)  
error  
Operation  
continues.  
P.C. board (I/F) parts error  
Check indoor (I/F) P.C. board.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Main  
remote  
controller  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
Check code  
Auxiliary code  
P01  
P03  
Indoor  
I/F  
Indoor fan motor error  
Corresponding  
unit only stops.  
• Check the lock of fan motor (AC fan).  
• Check cabling.  
P03  
Discharge temp TD1 error  
All stop  
Discharge temp (TD1) exceeded 115°C. • Check full opening of outdoor service valves (Gas side, Liquid side).  
• Check clogging of outdoor PMV. (PMV1,2)  
• Check characteristics of TD1 sensor resistance value.  
• Check refrigerant shortage.  
• Check 4-way valve error.  
• Check leakage of SV41 circuit.  
• Check SV4 circuit. (Miswiring and misinstallation of SV41 and SV42)  
• Check leakage of SV5 circuit.  
• Check leakage of SV6 circuit. (Capillary clogging, valve operation error)  
• Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipe.  
• Check Flow selector unit.  
Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve.  
(Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS.)  
Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe (Suction gas/Discharge gas),  
wiring between FS unit and indoor unit, and connection of connectors.  
Check miswiring of SVS/SVD valves.  
P04  
P04  
01: Compressor 1 side  
02: Compressor 2 side  
I/F  
Actuation of high-pressure  
SW  
All stop  
High-pressure SW actuated.  
• Check Pd pressure sensor error.  
• Check full opening of outdoor service valves (Gas side, Liquid side).  
• Check outdoor fan error.  
• Check outdoor fan motor error.  
• Check clogging of outdoor PMV. (PMV1,2)  
• Check clogging of indoor/outdoor heat exchangers.  
• Check short-circuiting of outdoor suction/discharge air.  
• Check clogging of SV2 circuit.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Check indoor fan system error. (Cause of air volume decrease)  
• Check opening of indoor PMV.  
• Check miscabling of communication line between indoor and outdoor.  
• Check operation error of check valve of discharge pipe.  
• Check SV4 valve circuit.  
• Check SV5 valve circuit.  
• Check refrigerant overcharge.  
• Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipe.  
• Check circuit clogging at auxiliary heat exchanger side.  
(PMV3, SV12, check valve)  
• Check FS unit.  
Check clogging of SVD valve and operation error.  
Check wiring inside of FS unit. (SVD/SVS coil miswiring, etc.)  
Check wiring between FS unit and indoor unit.  
(Miswiring, Disconnection, Wiring missing)  
P05  
P05  
01: Power supply open phase  
I/F  
Open phase negative  
phase  
All stop  
• Open phase was detected when the  
power turned on.  
• Check outdoor power line.  
02: Power supply negative phase  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Negative phase was detected when  
the power turned on.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Main  
remote  
controller  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code  
name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
Check code  
Auxiliary code  
P07  
P10  
P12  
P13  
P07  
P10  
01: Compressor 1 side  
02: Compressor 2 side  
IPDU  
I/F  
Heat sink overheat  
error  
All stop  
IGBT built-in temp sensor (TH) was  
overheated.  
• Check power voltage.  
• Check outdoor fan system error.  
• Check clogging of heat sink cooling duct.  
• Check fixation between IGBT and heat sink. (Check screwing and contact.)  
• Check IPDU error.(IGBT built-in temp sensor (TH) error).  
Indoor address with  
trouble  
Indoor  
Indoor  
I/F  
Indoor overflow  
error  
All stop  
• Float switch operated.  
• Float switch circuit disconnected or the  
connector came off.  
• Check the float switch connector.  
• Check operation of drain pump unit.  
• Check the drain pump circuit.  
• Check clogging of drain pipe.  
• Check indoor P.C. board error.  
Indoor fan motor  
error  
Corresponding • The value of motor speed deviated from  
unit only stops.  
• Check connection of fan connector and wiring.  
• Check fan motor error.  
• Check indoor P.C. board error.  
• Check influence of outside air control.  
• Check indoor type code (DN=10) and the capacity code (DN=11).  
target value was detected for certain time.  
• Over-current protection operated.  
P13  
Outdoor liquid  
back detection  
error  
All stop  
<In heating>  
• Check full close operation of outdoor PMV (1, 2).  
While the system is operating in HEAT mode, • Check Pd and Ps sensor error.  
outdoor PMV of which opening degree was  
100 pulse or less for a certain time.  
• Check clogging of SV2 circuit.  
• Check clogging of 4-way valve error circuit.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Check capillary clogging of oil return circuit from oil separator.  
• Check TS1, TS2 sensor error.  
P15  
P15  
01: TS condition  
I/F  
Gas leak detection  
(TS1 condition)  
All stop  
Suction temp exceeded the judgment  
standard temp for 10 minutes or more.  
• Check refrigerant shortage.  
• Check full open of outdoor service valves (gas side, liquid side).  
• Check outdoor PMV clogging (PMV1, 2).  
• Check characteristics of TS1 sensor resistance value.  
• Check 4-way valve error.  
<TS error judgment standard temperature>  
In cooling operation: 60°C or higher  
In heating operation: 40°C or higher  
• Check leakage of SV4 circuit.  
• Check leakage of SV5 circuit.  
• Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipe.  
• Check Flow selector unit.  
Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve. (Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS.)  
Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe (Suction gas/Discharge gas),  
wiring between FS unit and indoor unit, and connection of connectors.  
Check miswiring of SVS/SVD valves.  
Discharge temperature TD1 or TD2 was  
continuously 108°C or higher for 10 minutes.  
02: TD condition  
I/F  
Gas leak detection  
(TD condition)  
All stop  
• Check refrigerant shortage.  
• Check outdoor PMV clogging (PMV1, 2).  
• Check characteristics of TD1, TD2 sensor resistance value.  
• Check indoor air filter clogging.  
• Check pipe clogging.  
• Check SV4 circuit (Valve leakage, misinstallation)  
• Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipe.  
• Check Flow selector unit.  
Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve. (Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS.)  
Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe (Suction gas/Discharge gas),  
wiring between FS unit and indoor unit, and connection of connectors.  
Check miswiring of SVS/SVD valves.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Main  
remote  
controller  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
Check code  
Auxiliary code  
P17  
P17  
I/F  
Discharge temp  
TD2 error  
All stop Discharge temperature (TD2)  
exceeded 115°C.  
• Check full opening of outdoor service valves (gas side, liquid side).  
• Check clogging of outdoor PMV (PMV1, 2).  
• Check characteristics of TD2 sensor resistance value.  
• Check 4-way valve error.  
• Check leakage of SV42 circuit.  
• Check SV4 circuit. (Miscabling and misinstallation of SV41 and SV42)  
• Check leakage of SV5 valve circuit.  
• Check SV6 circuit. (Clogging, Valve operation error)  
• Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipe.  
• Check Flow selector unit.  
Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve. (Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS.)  
Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe (Suction gas/Discharge gas), wiring between FS unit  
and indoor unit, and connection of connectors.  
Check miswiring of SVS/SVD valves.  
P19  
P19  
Detected outdoor unit No.  
I/F  
4-way valve  
operation error  
All stop When abnormal refrigerating cycle • Error of 4-way valve error.  
data was detected in heating  
• Check coil error and connector connection of 4-way valve.  
• Check characteristics of TS1/TE1 sensor resistance value.  
• Check characteristics of Pd, Ps pressure sensor output voltage.  
• Check misconnection of TE1 and TL sensors.  
• Check Flow selector unit.  
Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve. (Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS.)  
Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe (Suction gas/Discharge gas).  
P20  
P20  
I/F  
High-pressure  
protective operation  
All stop Pd sensor detected 3.6MPa or  
more.  
• Check Pd pressure sensor error.  
• Check full opening of service valves (Gas side, Liquid side).  
• Check outdoor fan error.  
• Check outdoor fan motor error.  
• Check clogging of outdoor PMV. (PMV1,2)  
• Check clogging of indoor/outdoor heat exchangers.  
• Check air short-circuiting in outdoor unit.  
• Check clogging of SV2 circuit.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error.  
• Check indoor fan system error. (Cause of air volume decrease)  
• Check valve opening of indoor PMV.  
• Check miscabling of communication line between indoor and outdoor.  
• Check operation error of check valve of discharge pipe.  
• Check circuit of gas balance SV4 valve.  
• Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipe.  
• Check operation error of check valve of discharge gas pipe.  
• Check circuit of SV11 valve. (Clogging, OFF at one side only)  
• Check clogging of circuit at auxiliary heat exchanger side. (Miswiring, Disconnection, Wiring missing)  
• Check Flow selector unit.  
Check leakage of SVD valve and operation error.  
Check wiring inside of FS unit. (SVD/SVS coil miswiring, etc.)  
Check wiring between FS unit and indoor unit. (Miswiring, Disconnection, Wiring missing)  
• Check circuit of SV5 valve.  
• Check refrigerant overcharge.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
Detected  
position  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Main  
remote  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
controller  
Check code  
Auxiliary code  
0: IGBT shortage  
P22  
P22  
FAN-IPDU Outdoor fan IPDU error  
All stop  
(Auxiliary code: 0)  
• Check fan motor. (Interphase short-circuit)  
1: Position detection circuit error  
3: Motor lock error  
• Short-circuit current was detected at start time. • Check fan IPDU error.  
• Short-circuit current was detected when  
checking IGBT short-circuit before start time.  
4: Motor current error detection  
C: TH sensor temp. error  
D: TH sensor error  
All stop  
All stop  
(Auxiliary code: 1)  
• Check fan IPDU error.  
• The standard value of detection circuit of fan  
IPDU current fluctuated at start time.  
E: Vdc error  
(Auxiliary code: 3)  
• Check fan motor. (Lock, phase missing)  
• Abnormal current was detected within 30  
seconds after start time.  
• Check cause of abnormal overload at start time.  
• Check connection of connector to fan motor.  
All stop  
All stop  
(Auxiliary code: 4)  
• Check power supply voltage.  
• Check fan IPDU error.  
• Short-circuit current was detected when  
2 seconds or more passed after start time.  
• Over-current was detected when 30 seconds  
or more passed after start time.  
(Auxiliary code: C)  
• Check outdoor fan system.  
• Heat sink sensor (TH) of fan IPDU detected  
95°C error.  
• Check fan IPDU error.  
• Check fixation between fan IPDU and heat sink.  
All stop  
All stop  
(Auxiliary code: D)  
• Check fan IPDU error.  
• Heat sink sensor (TH) of fan IPDU detected  
short-circuiting or open.  
(Auxiliary code: E)  
• Check input power supply voltage of the fan IPDU.  
• Check power supply P.C. board error of the fan IPDU.  
• Check error of external electrolytic condenser.  
• Input power supply voltage of the fan IPDU  
over the setup value was detected.  
• Input power supply terminal of the fan IPDU  
was unconnected.  
• Power supply P.C. board error of the fan IPDU  
P26  
P29  
P31  
P26  
P29  
01: Compressor 1 side  
02: Compressor 2 side  
IPDU  
IPDU  
Indoor  
G-Tr short-circuit  
protection error  
All stop  
All stop  
Instantaneous over-current was detected when  
compressor started.  
Check connector connection and wiring on IPDU P.C. board.  
• Check compressor error and defect of compressor coil.  
• Check outdoor P.C. board (IPDU) error.  
01: Compressor 1 side  
02: Compressor 2 side  
Compressor position  
detection circuit error  
Position was not normally detected.  
• Check connector connection and wiring.  
• Check compressor error and defect of compressor coil.  
• Check P.C. board (IPDU) error.  
Other indoor error  
Corresponding E07/L07/L03/L08 was detected when other  
• Check indoor P.C. board.  
(Group follower unit error) unit only stops. indoor unit in the group was defective.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Error detected byTCC-LINK central control device  
Check code  
Outdoor 7-segment display  
Check code Auxiliary code  
Display on  
central control  
device  
Detected position  
Check code name  
Status  
Error detection condition  
Check item (position)  
C05  
TCC-LINK  
TCC-LINK central control Operation Signal is not transmit from  
device transmission error continued. central control device.  
• Check central control device error.  
• Check communication line error of central control device.  
• Check setup of terminator resistor.  
C06  
TCC-LINK central control Operation Signal is not received from  
• Check central control device error.  
device receiving error  
continued. central control device.  
• Check communication line error of central control device.  
• Check setup of terminator resistor.  
• Check the power of connecting destination connected device.  
• Check P.C. board error of the connected device.  
C12  
P30  
HA control interface Interface batch alarm of  
HA control interface  
Operation Error was input in HA control  
continued. interface  
• Check error input.  
TCC-LINK  
Follower unit error of  
group control  
Operation An error occurred in follower  
continued. unit of the group control.  
([P30] is displayed only on the  
• Check the check code of the unit with alarm.  
Differs according to error contents of the with alarm  
(L20 is displayed.)  
central remote controller.)  
Duplicated central control Operation Central control addresses  
address continued. were duplicated.  
• Check the address setup.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cautions when servicing for compressor  
1. Removing wires of both compressors check output of the inverter as described below.  
How to check inverter output  
1. Turn off the power supply.  
2. Remove the compressor lead cables from the compressors.  
(Be sure to remove lead cables of both compressors.)  
3. Turn on the power supply and start cooling or heating operation.  
In this time, pay attention to touch the fasten receptacle terminal lug of the compressor leads so that they do  
not contact with other fasten receptacle terminal lug or other position (unit cabinet, etc.).  
4. Check output voltage of compressor lead cable at inverter side.  
When the output voltage does not satisfy the criteria in the following table, replace IPDU P.C. board.  
No.  
1
Measured position  
Between Red and White  
Between White and Black  
Between Black and Red  
Criteria  
400 V to 650 V  
400 V to 650 V  
400 V to 650 V  
2
3
* After checking the output, when connecting the compressor lead again to the compressor terminal, check  
surely there is no distortion on the fasten terminal lug. If it is loosened, caulk it with pinchers, etc and then  
connect lead to the terminal.  
How to check resistance of compressor winding  
1. Turn off the power supply.  
2. Remove the compressor lead cables from the compressors.  
In each compressor, check the winding resistance between phases and resistance of the outdoor cabinet  
using a tester.  
• Is not it earthed?  
Normal if 10Mor more are measured  
• Is not shorted between windings?  
Normal if 0.7to 0.9are measured (Use a precise digital tester.)  
How to check the outdoor fan motor  
1. Turn off the power supply.  
2. Take off three connectors (U.V.W) from the fan IPDU P.C. board.  
3. Turn the fan with hands. If the fan does not turn, it is a fan motor error (Lock). Replace the fan motor.  
If the fan turns, measure the winding resistance between the phases of the connector (Motor winding) with a  
tester. If 13 to 33are measured, it is normal. (Use a digital tester.)  
64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7-5. Diagnosis Procedure for Each Check Code  
Check code  
[E03]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Communication error between  
indoor and remote controller  
(Detected at indoor side)  
No communication from remote controller and  
communication adaptor  
Check code  
[E01]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Communication error between  
indoor and remote controller  
(Detected at remote controller side)  
1. Remote controller inter-unit cable error  
2. Indoor power error  
3. Indoor P.C. board error  
This error is detected when the indoor unit cannot receive a signal from the remote controller.  
Check communication wires of the remote controllers A and B.  
As communication is impossible, this check code [E03] is not displayed on the main remote controller.  
It is displayed on TCC-LINK central controller.  
4. Remote controller address setup error  
5. Remote controller P.C. board error  
NO  
Is the inter-unit cable of  
remote controllers (A/B) normal?  
Correct inter-unit cable of  
remote controller.  
YES  
Check code  
[E04]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Is there no disconnection or  
connector contact error on harness out  
of terminal block of indoor unit?  
YES  
Correct connector connection  
and check circuit cabling.  
Indoor/Outdoor  
communication circuit error  
(Detected at indoor side)  
1. Power of outdoor unit was firstly turned on.  
2. Connection error of communication line  
between indoor and outdoor  
NO  
3. End terminal resistance setup error on  
communication between indoor and outdoor  
NO  
Is a group control operation?  
YES  
4. Address setup error  
NO  
Was power turned on in order  
Turn on power again in order of  
NO  
Check power connection status of  
indoor unit. (Turn on power again.)  
Is power of each indoor unit turned on?  
YES  
of indoor unit  
outdoor unit?  
indoor unit  
outdoor unit.  
YES  
NO  
NO  
Is connection (U1/U2 terminals) of  
indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire normal?  
NO  
Is power applied to remote controller?  
AB terminals: Approx. DC18V  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Correct inter-unit wire.  
Defect  
Replace  
YES  
YES  
YES  
Is setup of two remote controllers  
without main remote controller?  
Change one to main/other to sub.  
(Remote controller address connector)  
Is connector connection from  
U1/U2 terminals of indoor/outdoor  
inter-unit wire normal?  
Correct connector connection.  
NO  
YES  
Check remote controller P.C. board.  
Defect  
Replace  
NO  
NO  
Is the end terminal resistance  
setup of outdoor unit normal?  
Correct the end terminal resistance setup.  
Set up address again.  
YES  
Is address setup correct?  
YES  
Check code  
[E02]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Remote controller sending error Signal could not be sent to indoor unit.  
Check the communication wire of the remote  
controller.  
Check connection of inter-unit wire between  
indoor and outdoor is correct, and then  
connect communication line connector on  
indoor P.C. board (CN40) to CN44 (EMG).  
NO  
Is power applied to fuse (F03)  
on indoor P.C. board?  
* It is not displayed on 7-segment display of the central control controller.  
YES  
NO  
Is communication cabling between  
Correct the communication cabling.  
YES  
remote controller and indoor unit correct?  
Is there no noise, etc?  
NO  
Check noise, etc, and eliminate it if any.  
YES  
Sending circuit error  
inside of the remote controller  
Replace remote controller.  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Defect  
Replace  
For details, refer to “Troubleshooting in test operation”.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
[E06]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code  
[E07]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Decreased number of indoor units 1. Communication lines (U1, U2) connection  
Indoor/Outdoor  
communication circuit error  
(Detected at outdoor side)  
1. Indoor/outdoor communication end terminal  
resistance setup error  
error between indoor and outdoor  
2. Connector connection error of communica-  
tion for indoor P.C. board  
2. Indoor/outdoor communication connection  
error  
3. Connector connection error of communica-  
tion for outdoor I/F board  
NO  
4. Power supply of indoor unit  
(Is power turned on?)  
Is setup of end terminal resistance  
of outdoor unit normal?  
YES  
Auxiliary code : No. of indoor units which received signals normally  
Correct setup of end  
terminal resistance.  
YES  
Is inter-unit cable (U1, U2) between  
indoor and outdoor short-circuited?  
Is there no miscabling/  
disconnection on communication line  
betweenindoor and outdoor?  
YES  
Correct communication line.  
NO  
NO  
NO  
Is connection of inter-unit wire  
between indoor and outdoor correct?  
Correct short-circuit.  
NO  
YES  
Is connection of CN40 connector  
on indoor P.C. board normal?  
YES  
Correct  
communication line.  
NO  
NO  
Is connection of CN01 connector  
on outdoor I/F P.C. board normal?  
Correct cabling of cable connector.  
YES  
NO  
YES  
Is there no error on  
Is F400 (fuse) on  
power wire to outdoor unit?  
I/F P.C. board opened?  
NO  
YES  
Is power of indoor turned on?  
YES  
Turn on power of indoor unit.  
Clear the check code.  
* Check conduction  
with tester.  
Correct power wire.  
NO  
Did a power failure occur?  
YES  
Turn on power to  
start operation.  
YES  
Is there noise source?  
NO  
YES  
Is there no noise, etc?  
NO  
Check noise, etc, and eliminate it if any.  
Eliminate noise.  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
(NOTE)  
Defect  
Replace  
I/F P.C. board failure  
1. When signal is not sent for a certain period from the indoor unit  
which has used to send signals normally, [E06] is displayed.  
However an emergent operation is  
available by inserting connector to  
be connected to CN01 to CN33.  
Outdoor I/F P.C. board failure  
Replace  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
[E08]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code  
[E12]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Duplicated indoor addresses  
Indoor addresses are duplicated.  
Automatic address start error  
1. When indoor automatic address started,  
other refrigerant circuit system was setting  
automatic address. (Sub code : 01)  
2. When outdoor automatic address started,  
the indoor automatic address was being  
set. (Sub-code: 02)  
Auxiliary code : Duplicated indoor address  
Using a main remote controller (RBC-AMT21E), check the setup item codes (DN code) 12, 13, and 14.  
When there is no address duplication, check to the following flowchart.  
Auxiliary code : 01: Communication between indoor and outdoor 02: Communication between outdoor units  
NO  
Are U1, U2, U3, and U4  
connectors connected?  
NO  
Is cable connection to  
communication line normal?  
Correct wire connection.  
YES  
YES  
Turn on power of  
Disconnect connector connection  
of U1, U2, U3, and U4.  
Set up address again.  
YES  
NO  
Is not communication line connected  
to the different outdoor unit?  
outdoor unit again.  
(Refer to Address setup procedure.)  
NO  
Is indoor unit quantity connected  
to outdoor unit correct?  
Correct communication line.  
Check code  
[E15]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
No corresponding indoor unit  
during automatic address  
1. Communication line connection error  
between indoor and outdoor.  
YES  
2. Indoor power system error  
3. Noise from surrounding devices  
4. Power failure  
Set up indoor address again.  
5. Indoor P.C. board error  
NO  
NO  
Is communication line between  
indoor and outdoor normal?  
Check code  
[E09]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Correct communication line.  
Duplicated master  
remote controller  
Setup of master remote controller is dupli-  
cated.  
YES  
Is connection of CN40 connector  
on indoor P.C. board correct?  
Correct connection of connector.  
YES  
Are two remote controllers set up  
as two master remote controllers?  
Correct setup of remote controllers as a master:  
a other. (Remote controller address connector)  
YES  
NO  
Is connection of CN01  
connector on I/F P.C. board of  
header outdoor unit correct?  
NO  
Check remote controller P.C. board.  
Correct connection of connector.  
Correct power wire.  
Failure  
Replace  
YES  
YES  
Is there any connection  
error of power wire?  
NO  
Check code  
[E10]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
YES  
YES  
Set up address again after  
resetting power supply.  
Communication error  
in indoor P.C. board A’ssy  
Indoor P.C. board error Assy failure  
Did a power failure occur?  
NO  
YES  
Check power voltage on line.  
Eliminate noise, etc.  
Eliminate noise.  
Is there no noise source?  
NO  
Is there any trouble on power line?  
NO  
Set up address again  
after resetting power supply.  
Check indoor control P.C. board.  
Failure  
Replace  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
[E16]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code  
[E18]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Connected indoor units  
capacity over  
1. There are 48 or more connected indoor units.  
2. Capacity over of total connected indoor units.  
3. Incorrect setup of indoor/outdoor capacity  
Communication error between  
indoor header and follower  
Regular communication between indoor header  
and follower is unavailable.  
NO  
Are remote controller  
inter-unit wires (A/B) normal?  
Correct remote controller  
inter-unit wire.  
Auxiliary code : 00 : Capacity over 01 : ~ : Number of connected indoor units  
YES  
YES  
Perform setup of no detection  
for capacity over.  
Is backup operation of outdoor unit being set up?  
Is there any disconnection of  
connector or wiring from terminal block  
of indoor unit?  
YES  
Correct connection of connector.  
Check circuit wire.  
NO  
NO  
NO  
Excessive indoor units are connected.  
Correct miswiring.  
NO  
Is No. of connected indoor units correct?  
YES  
Is a group control operation?  
YES  
NO  
NO  
NO  
Check power connection status  
of indoor unit.  
Are powers of  
Is setup of indoor unit HP correct?  
YES  
Correct HP setup.  
all indoor units turned on?  
YES  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Check indoor address.  
Is total capacity of connected  
indoor units within 135%? ( 1)  
Set capacity of connected  
indoor units within 135% of outdoor units.  
Failure  
Replace  
YES  
Correct indoor address.  
OK  
For a service P.C. board, check outdoor HP setup.  
(Set up jumper 9, 10, 11, and 12.)  
Set up outdoor HP.  
(Refer How to exchange interface P.C. board.)  
NG  
Check code  
[E19]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check outdoor interface P.C. board Assy.  
(1) When capacity of the outdoor unit is 12HP,  
up to the maximum capacity 120% of  
indoor units can be connected.  
Header outdoor units quantity error 1. Misconnection of inter-unit cable between  
indoor and outdoor  
2. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
Auxiliary code : 00: No header unit 02: Two or more header units  
Are not communication lines (U1, U2)  
between indoor and outdoor connected  
to multiple outdoor units?  
YES  
NO  
Connect communication line between indoor  
and outdoor to one unit per 1 system.  
NO  
Connect communication line between indoor  
and outdoor.  
Is communication line between indoor and  
outdoor connected to one unit per 1 system?  
YES  
Check I/F board.  
Reference)  
When the power supply of the outdoor unit is firstly  
turned on, the check code [E19 00] is displayed until the  
power supplies of the indoor units are turned on. However  
it is not an error. If the power supplies of the indoor units  
are turned on, the check code is automatically reset.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
[E20]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code  
[E25]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Unit connected to other line  
during automatic address  
When starting automatic indoor address, a  
device in other line is connected.  
Duplicated address setup of  
terminal outdoor units  
Addresses are duplicated by manual setting of  
outdoor address  
Auxiliary code : 01: Connection of outdoor in other line 02: Connection of indoor unit in other line  
Never set up the outdoor address manually.  
Separate the wire between lines according to address setup method.  
Check code  
[E26]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Decrease of connected  
outdoor units  
1. Outdoor unit backup setup  
2. Outdoor power error  
Check code  
[E23]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
3. Communication line connection error between  
outdoor units  
Communication sending error  
between outdoor units  
1. Inter-unit cable connection error between  
outdoor units  
4. Connector connection error for communication  
5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
2. Communication connector connection error  
between outdoor units, I/F P.C. board error  
3. End terminal resistance setup error between  
outdoor units  
Auxiliary code : No. of outdoor units which received signals normally  
YES  
Is outdoor unit setting backup?  
Clear the error, and then start operation. ( 1)  
Turn on the main power supply.  
Is there no miscabling or  
YES  
disconnection on communication line  
between outdoor units? ( 1)  
Correct communication line.  
NO  
NO  
Is main power of follower unit turned on?  
NO  
YES  
NO  
Is connection of CN03 connector  
on outdoor I/F P.C. board normal?  
NO  
Is communication line between  
Correct cabling of cable connector.  
Turn on main power of outdoor unit.  
Correct connection of communication line.  
outdoor units connected normally?  
YES  
YES  
NO  
Is communication connector (CN03)  
between follower outdoor units connected?  
Correct connector connection.  
(Communication connector: CN03)  
YES  
Is not main power of  
outdoor unit turned off?  
YES  
NO  
Check I/F P.C. board.  
(1) How to clear the error  
Set SW01/SW02/SW03 on I/F P.C. board of header unit to 2/16/1, and  
push SW04 for 5 seconds or more. (7-segment display: [Er.] [CL])  
Is the end terminal resistance  
between outdoor units turned on?  
(SW30 Bit 1)  
NO  
Turn the end terminal resistance to ON.  
In this model, only one outdoor unit is provided to one refrigerant line. Be sure to check there is no communication  
connection with outdoor unit in the other refrigerant line.  
YES  
YES  
YES  
Did power failure occur?  
NO  
Clear check code.  
Check code  
[E28]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Terminal unit error  
Terminal outdoor unit error  
Is there no noise source, etc?  
NO  
Check and eliminate noise, etc  
Auxiliary code : Detected outdoor unit number  
Check outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
SAn error occurred on the terminal unit. Confirm the check code of the terminal unit using 7-segment display on the  
I/F P.C. board of the terminal unit and check it according to the diagnostic procedure for each check code.  
<How to specify the terminal outdoor unit on which error occurred>  
Under condition that [E28] is displayed on the 7-segment display of the header unit, when pushing SW04 for 1  
second or more, the fan of the outdoor unit which stopped due to the error rotates. If pushing SW05 alone, fan  
running is released.  
(1) In this model, only one outdoor unit is provided to  
one refrigerant line. Be sure to check there is no  
communication connection with outdoor unit in the  
other refrigerant line.  
Defect  
Replace  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
[E31]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code  
[F01]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
TCJ sensor Open/Short  
IPDU communication error  
1. Connection error of communication line  
between IPDU and I/F P.C. board  
IndoorTCJ sensor error  
2. I/F P.C. board error  
3. IPDU P.C. board error  
4. External noise  
NO  
Is TCJ sensor connector (CN102: Red)  
on indoor P.C. board normally connected?  
Correct connection of connector.  
YES  
Auxiliary code :  
01: IPDU1 error  
02: IPDU2 error  
NO  
Are characteristics of TCJ sensor  
resistance value normal?  
03: IPDU1, 2 error  
05: IPDU1, fan IPDU error  
04: Fan IPDU error  
06: IPDU2, fan IPDU error  
Replace TCJ sensor.  
07: All IPDU error or communication line error between IPDU-I/F P.C. boards, or outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
YES  
Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics  
See Characteristics-2.  
If the fan IPDU is abnormal, be sure to check the voltage output on the fan power supply P.C. board.  
Check indoor main P.C. board.  
Defect  
Replace  
NO  
Is jumper lead setup of the outdoor I/F P.C. board correct?  
Connect the jumper lead.  
(Jumper 7, 8, 9 ON)  
YES  
Check code  
[F02]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
TC2 sensor Open/Short  
Are communication connectors  
between I/F, fan power supply board,  
and IPDU connected?  
YES  
YES  
NO  
IndoorTC2 sensor error  
Correct connection of connectors.  
Replace communication line.  
I/F P.C. board error  
NO  
NO  
Is TC2 sensor connector (CN101: Black)  
on indoor P.C. board normally connected?  
Correct connection of connector.  
Is there no disconnection of communication line  
between I/F, fan power supply board, and IPDU?  
YES  
NO  
NO  
Are characteristics of TC2 sensor  
resistance value normal?  
Is there voltage deflection between  
4 and 5 pins of CN600 on I/F P.C. board?  
(Measurement with tester: DC 0 to 5V, 5 pin GND)  
Replace TC2 sensor.  
YES  
Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics  
See Characteristics-2.  
YES  
Check indoor main P.C. board.  
Is there voltage deflection between  
3 and 5 pins of CN600 on I/F P.C. board?  
(Measurement with tester: DC 0 to 5V, 5 pin GND)  
NO  
Defect  
Replace  
IPDU P.C. board error  
YES  
When IPDU (No.1, No.2) and  
three fan IPDU do not return communication  
Check code  
[F03]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
TC1 sensor Open/Short  
IndoorTC1 sensor error  
On the fan power supply P.C. board,  
NO  
1) CN503: Between 1 and 5 pins  
2) CN503: Between 2 and 5 pins  
12V  
7V  
Replace fan power supply P.C. board.  
3) Between +5V and GND at the side of CN505: 5V  
NO  
Is TC1 sensor connector (CN100: Brown)  
on indoor P.C. board normally connected?  
YES  
Correct connection of connector.  
P.C. board to be replaced  
IPDU1  
Auxiliary code  
Replace P.C. board according to auxiliary code.  
YES  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
IPDU2  
NO  
Are characteristics of TC1 sensor  
resistance value normal?  
Replace TC1 sensor.  
IPDU1, 2  
Fan IPDU  
YES  
Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics  
See Characteristics-2.  
IPDU1, fan IPDU  
IPDU2, fan IPDU  
IPDU1, 2, fan IPDU, I/F  
Check indoor main P.C. board.  
Defect  
Replace  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code  
[F04]  
Check code name  
TD1 sensor error  
Cause of operation  
TD1 sensor Open/Short  
Check code name  
[F10]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
TA sensor Open/Short  
IndoorTA sensor error  
This error code means detection of Open/Short of TA sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connec-  
tor (TA sensor: CN104, Yellow) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (Refer to Outdoor unit temperature  
sensor characteristics.)  
This error code means detection of Open/Short of TD1 sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of  
connector (TD1 sensor: CN502, White) and characteristics of sensor resistance value.  
(Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics.)  
If sensor is normal, replace indoor P.C. board.  
If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
Check code  
[F05]  
Check code name  
TD2 sensor error  
Cause of operation  
TD2 sensor Open/Short  
Check code name  
[F12]  
Check code name  
TS sensor error  
Cause of operation  
TS1, TS2 sensor Open/Short  
Auxiliary code : 01: TS1 sensor 02 : TS2 sensor  
This error code means detection of Open/Short of TD2 sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of  
connector (TD2 sensor: CN503, Pink) and characteristics of sensor resistance value.  
(Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics.)  
This error code means detection of Open/Short of TS sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of  
connector (TS1 sensor: CN504, White TS2 sensor: CN522, Black) and characteristics of sensor resistance value.  
(Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics.)  
If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
Check code  
[F06]  
Check code name  
TE1 sensor error  
Cause of operation  
TE1 sensor Open/Short  
Check code name  
[F13]  
Check code name  
TH sensor error  
Cause of operation  
IGBT built-in sensor error in A3-IPDU  
This error code means detection of Open/Short of TE1 sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of  
connector (TE1 sensor: CN505, Green) and characteristics of sensor resistance value.  
(Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics.)  
Auxiliary code : 01: Compressor 1 side 02: Compressor 2 side  
If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
This error code means IGBT built-in temperature sensor error.  
Check connection of connectors CN06 on IPDU P.C. board and CN600 on I/F P.C. board.  
If sensor is normal, replace IPDU P.C. board.  
Check code name  
[F07]  
Check code name  
TL sensor error  
Cause of operation  
TL sensor Open/Short  
This error code means detection of Open/Short of TL sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connec-  
tor (TL sensor: CN521, White) and characteristics of sensor resistance value.  
(Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics.)  
If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
Check code name  
[F08]  
Check code name  
TO sensor error  
Cause of operation  
TO sensor Open/Short  
This error code means detection of Open/Short of TO sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of  
connector (TO sensor: CN507, Yellow) and characteristics of sensor resistance value.  
(Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics.)  
If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[F15]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code name  
[F23]  
Check code name  
Ps sensor error  
Cause of operation  
Outdoor temp sensor miscabling 1. Misinstallation and misconnection of TE1  
Output voltage error of Ps sensor  
sensor and TL sensor  
(TE1,TL)  
2. Resistance characteristics error of TE1  
sensor and TL sensor  
NO  
3. Outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error  
Is connection of Ps sensor  
connector correct?  
Correct connection of connector.  
Connector: CN500, White  
NO  
NO  
YES  
Are installed positions of  
Correct installed positions of  
TE1 sensor and TL sensor.  
TE1 sensor and TL sensor correct?  
Outdoor I/F P.C. board  
TE1 sensor : CN505, Green  
TL sensor : CN521, White  
Are output voltage characteristics  
of Ps sensor normal?  
Sensor error  
YES  
YES  
NO  
1 Pressure (Check joint) by pressure gauge  
2 Pressure display on 7-segment display  
3 Output voltage of I/F P.C. board  
Are connection of TE1 sensor connector  
and TL sensor connector normal?  
Correct connection of connectors.  
If 1 and 2, 3 are different, an error of pressure sensor itself is considered.  
If 2 and 3 are different, check interface P.C. board.  
YES  
NO  
Are resistance characteristics of  
Is not refrigerant by  
passed from discharge to  
suction of 4-way valve?  
NO  
NO  
Correct connection of connectors.  
Is there no leakage  
from SV4 valve?  
TL sensor and TE1 sensor normal?  
Check compressor.  
YES  
Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics  
YES  
YES  
See TE1 sensor : Characteristics-5.  
See TL sensor : Characteristics-3.  
Replace SV4 valve.  
Check 4-way valve.  
Check outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
Defect  
Replace  
TE1 sensor : Outdoor heat exchanger temp sensor  
TL sensor : Temp sensor between liquid tanks of outdoor PMV1/2  
Check code name  
[F24]  
Check code name  
Pd sensor error  
Cause of operation  
Output voltage error of Pd sensor  
Check code name  
[F16]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Outdoor pressure sensor miscabling 1. High-pressure Pd sensor and low-  
It is output voltage error of Pd sensor. Check disconnection of connection of connector (Pd sensor: CN501) circuit  
and output voltage of sensor.  
pressure sensor Ps are exchanged.  
(Pd, Ps)  
2. Output voltage of each sensor is zero.  
If the sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
NO  
NO  
Correct connection of connectors.  
Pd sensor: CN501, Red  
Are connection of Pd sensor and  
Ps sensor connectors correct?  
Ps sensor: CN500, White  
Check code name  
[F29]  
Check code name  
Indoor other error  
Cause of operation  
YES  
Indoor P.C. board error  
EEROM error  
Are output voltage characteristics of  
Pd sensor and Ps sensor normal?  
Sensor error  
Replace  
YES  
1 Pressure (Check joint) by pressure gauge  
2 Pressure display on 7-segment display  
3 Output voltage of I/F P.C. board  
This error is detected during operation of air conditioner of IC10 non-volatile memory (EEPROM) on indoor unit P.C.  
board. Replace service P.C. board.  
If 1 and 2, 3 are different, an error of pressure sensor itself is considered.  
If 2 and 3 are different, check interface P.C. board.  
If EEPROM was not inserted when power was turned on or it is absolutely impossible to read/write EEPROM data,  
the automatic address mode is repeated. In this case, [97 error] is displayed on AI-NET central controller.  
NO  
Are Pd/Ps output values Pd > Ps  
during compressor operation?  
Check compressor.  
(Approx. 3 minutes)  
(Approx. 1 minute)  
(Power ON) [SET DATA] is displayed  
[SET DATA]  
disappears.  
LED (D02) 1Hz flashes  
for approx. 10 seconds  
on indoor unit P.C. board.  
Reboot  
(Reset)  
YES  
* Value can be confirmed by 7-segment display function on outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
on main remote controller.  
Pd SW01/02/03=1/1/2  
Ps SW01/02/03=1/2/2  
(Repetition)  
Check outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
Defect  
Replace  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[F31]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code name  
[H02]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Outdoor EEPROM error  
1. Outdoor unit power error (Voltage, noise, etc.)  
2. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
Compressor error (Lock)  
1. Outdoor unit power line error  
2. Compressor circuit system error  
3. Compressor error  
4. Refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell  
5. IPDU P.C. board error  
Check power voltage and line.  
Correct power line.  
Check external noise, etc.  
YES  
Is there any trouble of  
outdoor unit power supply?  
NO  
Auxiliary code : 01: Compressor 1 side 02: Compressor 2 side  
Check I/F P.C. board.  
NO  
Is power voltage of  
outdoor unit normal?  
1
1 380 415V ± 10%  
YES  
Check code name  
[H01]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
YES  
Does voltage drop occur  
Correct power line.  
when other compressor starts?  
Compressor breakdown  
1. Outdoor unit power line error  
2. Compressor circuit system error  
3. Compressor error  
NO  
Does OCR of MG-SW operate?  
NO  
YES  
NO  
Reset OCR manually.  
3
4. Cause of abnormal overload operation  
5. IPDU P.C. board error  
Is wiring or connector connection  
on IPDU P.C. board normal?  
Correct connector connection  
or wiring.  
Auxiliary code : 01: Compressor 1 side 02: Compressor 2 side  
YES  
Is not it an abnormal overload?  
NO  
YES  
YES  
NO  
Correct cause of overload.  
Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal?  
380 415V ± 10%  
YES  
YES  
Is there no refrigerant stagnation  
in compressor shell?  
Correct refrigerant stagnation  
in compressor shell.  
YES  
Is case heater output normal?  
NO  
Does voltage drop occur  
when other compressor starts?  
Correct power line.  
NO  
NO  
Operation starts.  
Check case heater.  
NO  
Is connection of wiring or connection of  
Correct connector connection or wiring.  
connector on IPDU P.C. board normal?  
NO  
Is compressor normal?  
YES  
2
Compressor error  
YES  
2 Check the following items mainly.  
1. Existence of abnormal sound and abnormal vibration during operation or starting  
2. Abnormal overheat of case during operation or stop time (Never touch with hands.)  
3. Current of compressor lead during operation or starting time  
(No varied change of current) change  
Is winding resistance  
between phases of corresponding  
compressor normal? (Note 1)  
NO  
Compressor error  
(Motor burning, etc.)  
Check IPDU P.C. board.  
3 If OCR operates even after manual reset of OCR, check whether the wiring to the  
current sensor (T02) of Comp-IPDU is correct or not.  
YES  
YES  
Is not it an abnormal overload?  
NO  
Correct cause of overload.  
Check code name  
[H03]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Take off lead cable of compressor.  
1. Check resistance between windings:  
It is normal if there are 0.7 to 0.9  
2. Check insulation between outdoor  
cabinet and terminal:  
It is normal if there are 10M or more.  
Current detective  
circuit system error  
1. Cabling or connector connection error on IPDU P.C. board  
2. IPDU P.C. board error  
.
C
S
Auxiliary code : 01: Compressor 1 side 02: Compressor 2 side  
Check IPDU P.C. board.  
NO  
Note 1  
Wiring or connector connection  
R
Correct connector connection or cabling.  
Check IPDU P.C. board.  
on IPDU P.C. board normal?  
* After checking the output, when connecting the compressor  
lead again to the compressor terminal, check surely there is  
no distortion on the Fasten receptacle terminal.  
If it is loosened, caulk it with pinchers, etc and then connect  
lead to the terminal firmly.  
YES  
Details of compressor  
power connecting section  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[H04]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code name  
[H06]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
1. Service valve close  
Compressor 1 case thermo operation 1. Case thermo circuit error  
Low-pressure protective operation  
2. I/F P.C. board error  
2. Ps sensor error  
[H14]  
Compressor 2 case thermo operation  
3. Service valve closed  
3. SV2, SV4 circuit error  
4. Outdoor PMV clogging  
4. Miscabling of communication between  
indoor and outdoor  
5. SV4 valve leak, Coil misinstallation  
5. Indoor/outdoor fan and condenser error  
6. Indoor/outdoor PMV clogging  
7. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging  
8. Refrigerant shortage  
6. 4-way valve error  
7. Compressor error  
8. Refrigerant shortage  
Is case thermo circuit normal?  
1. Connector connection  
2. Wiring  
NO  
NO  
NO  
Are service valves of gas and  
Open service valves fully.  
Repair case thermo circuit.  
Open service valves fully.  
Repair outdoor PMV.  
liquid pipe of outdoor unit fully opened?  
(Note 1)  
3. I/F P.C. board (Note 1)  
YES  
1. Case thermo is usually closed.  
2. Operation temperature of case thermo is 120˚C.  
Exchange low-pressure sensor.  
YES  
Are characteristics of low-pressure sensor normal?  
YES  
1 Pressure by pressure gauge (Check joint)  
2 Pressure display on 7-segment display  
3 Output voltage of I/F P.C. board  
If 1 and 2, 3 are different, an error of pressure sensor error is considered.  
If 2 and 3 are different, check I/F P.C. board.  
NO  
Are service valves of  
gas pipe and liquid pipe of  
outdoor unit fully opened?  
NO  
Correct SV2 and SV4 circuits.  
Are SV2 and SV4 circuits normal?  
YES  
Check miscabling, misinstallation and  
connector connection.  
YES  
YES  
Are outdoor PMV1/2/3 normal?  
1. Connector connection  
Is there no mispiping of discharge gas  
and suction gas main pipes?  
Correct piping.  
NO  
2. Wiring  
3. Coil  
Connector CN300, 301, White  
NO  
4. Valve body 5. I/F P.C. board  
YES  
Is not indoor unit with different circuit connected?  
Correct cabling.  
(Check with miscabling check  
YES  
function of outdoor unit.)  
NO  
Is flow selector normal?  
YES  
NO  
Operation starts.  
Check flow selector.  
In cooling season, go to (A), In heating season, go to (B)  
Are SV41 and SV42  
Valve circuits normal?  
(A) Cooling  
NO  
1. Misinstallation installation and  
connector connection of SV41  
and SV42  
Correct SV4, SV5, SV11  
valve circuits.  
Are following items concerned  
to indoor fan motor normal?  
NO  
SV4 valve: Connector CN311, Blue  
NO  
NO  
Does indoor fan normally  
operate in cooling season?  
1. Connector connection  
Repair faulty parts.  
2. Condenser  
3. Motor  
4. Fan  
2. Leakage from SV41, 42 circuit  
YES  
YES  
YES  
Is there clogging of indoor  
air filter or heat exchanger?  
YES  
Cleaning  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Does not refrigerant  
bypass from discharge of  
suction through 4-way valve?  
Failure  
Replace  
YES  
YES  
Check 4-way valve.  
NO  
Is indoor PMV normal?  
YES  
NO  
Is connector connection  
or coil normal?  
Repair faulty parts.  
Replace PMV body.  
NO  
YES  
Is there clogging on whole valve?  
NO  
YES  
Refrigerant shortage or  
clogging or pipe deformed  
Is not refrigerant bypassed  
from discharge to suction?  
Check piping.  
NO  
(B) Heating  
NO  
Is compressor normal? (Note 2)  
Compressor error  
NO  
Check outdoor  
I/F P.C. board.  
Is indoor fan system normal?  
Fan crack  
NO  
NO  
Is outdoor fan normally  
(Note 2) Check the following items mainly.  
YES  
operated in heating season?  
Failure  
Replace  
Fan coming-off  
1. Existence of abnormal sound and abnormal vibration during operation at start time  
2. Abnormal overheat of case during operation or stop (Never touch with hands.)  
3. Current of compressor lead during operation or starting (No rapid current change)  
YES  
YES  
YES  
Is there clogging of  
outdoor heat exchanger?  
Cleaning  
YES  
Repair faulty parts.  
Is flow selector unit normal?  
NO  
Check flow selector unit.  
NO  
Is outdoor PMV normal?  
YES  
Refrigerant shortage,  
clogging, pipe breakage  
(After checking there is no slogging or pipe breakage, charge refrigerant again.)  
Refrigerant shortage,  
clogging, pipe deformed  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[H07]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
In some cases, it may be difficult to check the leakage of clogging in the following condition of refrigerant stagnation  
in low ambient temperature condition.  
In this case, take a longer operating time prior to check.  
Oil level down  
detection protection  
1. Valves of balance pipes closed.  
2. Miscabling or misinstallation of TK1 to TK4 sensors  
3. TK1 to TK4 sensor error  
(Criterion: Discharge temperature of TD1 and TD2 are 60°C or higher)  
4. Gas leak or oil leak of all outdoor units  
5. Refrigerant stagnation of compressor case  
6. SV3A, 3B, 3D, 3C, 3E valve error  
(*1)  
a) Leakage check for SV3A valve (For multiple outdoor unit system)  
7. Clogging of oil return circuit from oil separator  
8. Clogging of oil-equation circuit system  
Turn off the power supply, take off connector of SV3A valve, and then start a test operation after power-ON.  
Check the temperature change at secondary side of SV3A valve during operation . (  
in the figure.)  

If temperature is raised, it is a leakage of SV3A valve. Replace SV3A valve.  
Are TK1, TK2, TK3, and  
NO  
b) Leakage check for SV3C valve  
Correct miswiring and misinstallation.  
TK1: CN514, TK2: CN515  
TK4 sensors connected correctly?  
(
)
Turn off the power supply, take off connector of SV3C valve, and then start a test operation after power-ON.  
Is there no sensor coming-off or misinstallation?  
TK3: CN516, TK4: CN523  
After operation for several minutes, check temperature at secondary side of SV3C valve. ( in the figure.)  
If temperature is high (equivalent to discharge temperature TD), it is a leakage of SV3C valve. Replace  
SV3C valve.  
YES  
Are TK1 and TK2 sensors connected correctly?  
Is there no sensor coming-off or misinstallation?  
Are sensor characteristics normal?  
NO  
Characteristics-2  
Correct miswiring and misinstallation.  
(TS1: CN504, TS2: CN522)  
(Even if there is leakage from SV3C valve does not occur, temperature of SV3C valve at secondary side  
rises during operation. When the checked temperature is equivalent to TD temperature, it is a leakage of  
SV3C valve. Replace SV3C valve.)  
Sensor error  
Replace  
YES  
Abnormal  
Abnormal  
c) Clogging check for SV3B valve (For multiple outdoor unit system)  
Check leakage of SV6 circuit.  
Normal  
Replace defective parts.  
While outdoor unit is operated, set up SW01/02/03 = [2] [1] [3] to 7-segment display [Hr] [ 2], and push SW04  
for 2 seconds or more.  
Set up to cooling only operation mode.  
Item code (DN) OF  
Cooling only operation mode: 0001  
Set up SW02 = [9], and turn on SV3A, SV3B, SV3C valves. (7-segment display [Hr] [ 3])  
Check whether there is setup missing  
of cooling only indoor unit.  
While outdoor unit is operating, check temperature change at secondary side of SV3B valve. ( in the figure.)  
ƒ
If temperature does not rise (equivalent to suction temperature), it is a clogging of SV3B valve.  
Normal  
Replace SV3B valve.  
NO  
Are characteristics of TK1 to TK4 normal?  
YES  
Sensor error  
Replace  
Characteristics-4  
d) Clogging for SV3E valve  
Reset the power supply.  
Abnormal  
NO  
Check gas leak of outdoor unit.  
Check oil stain in the  
Specify a position where  
gas leaked and repair it.  
(Recharge, refill oil.)  
ò
Referring to Valve forced open/close functionof the outdoor unit, check ON/OFF operation (Sound, coil surface  
temp up) of SV3E valve is performed.  
(
)
machine room of outdoor unit.  
Normal  
ò
Start test operation in COOL or HEAT mode.  
Repair the flow selector unit.  
Replace defective parts  
Is the flow selector unit normal?  
YES  
ò
After operation for several minutes, check the pipe temperature at the secondary side of SV3E valve whether  
temperature changes or not. If it is equivalent to outside temperature, clogging of SV3E is considered.  
( 1) Check leakage of  
NO  
YES  
Check accumulation of  
refrigerant in compressor case.  
solenoid valve. (SV3C)  
Check clogging.  
(SV3E)  
(
in the figure.)  
(Reference)  
Refrigerant accumulation  
No leakage or clogging  
If SV3E valve is clogged, temperature of all TK1, TK2, TK3, and TK4 do not change.  
Correct accumulation of  
refrigerant in compressor case,  
reset power supply and  
then start operation.  
(*2) Clogging check for SV3D valve of oil return circuit from oil separator  
a) Oil return circuit  
( 2) Check clogging in oil  
YES  
recovery circuit of the oil separator.  
(Capillary, Strainer)  
Replace defective parts  
Check clogging of SV3D valve.  
While outdoor unit is operating, check temperature (secondary side of capillary) on oil return circuit.  
(in the figure.)  
Check oil level judgment  
of each compressor.  
No clogging  
If temperature is low equivalent to suction temperature), a clogging of strainer of oil return circuit or capillary  
is considered. Repair the clogged part.  
SW01/02/03=1/16/1 are  
displayed on 7-segment display.  
b) Clogging check for SV3D valve  
While outdoor unit is operating, set up SW01/02/03 = [2] [1] [3] to 7-segment display [Hr] [ 2], and push SW04  
for 2 seconds or more.  
Are all the oil levels appropriate?  
YES  
NO  
Set up SW02 = [6], and turn on SV3D valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [ 3d])  
Clogging  
Check clogging of oil-equation circuit.  
( 3)  
If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change, clogging of valve, capillary, or strainer  
Replace defective parts  
Eliminate cause of accumulation.  
is considered. (  
in the figure.)  
Indoor/outdoor PMV error  
(Cause of refrigerant accumulation)  
Discharge check valve error, etc.  
(Reference) If refrigerant is accumulated in the compressor case, oil level short may be judged.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[H08]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
(*3) Check for solenoid valve of outdoor unit (For multiple outdoor unit system)  
a) Clogging check for SV3A valve  
Oil level detective  
temperature sensor error  
TK1 to TK4 sensor Open/Short  
While outdoor unit is operating, set up SW01/02/03 = [2] [1] [3] to 7-segment display [Hr] [ 2], and push SW04  
for 2 seconds or more.  
Set up SW02 = [4], and turn on SV3A valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [ 3A])  
Auxiliary code : 01: TK1 sensor error 02: TK2 sensor error 03: TK3 sensor error 04: TK4 sensor error  
If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change, clogging of valve or check valve is  
considered. (  
in the figure.)  

The detected error is an oil level detective temperature sensor error.  
Check disconnection of the wiring and resistance value of the sensor.  
If the sensors are normal, replace the outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
Circuit  
TK1  
Connector  
b) Leakage check for SV3C valve  
CN514 (Black)  
CN515 (Green)  
CN516 (Red)  
While outdoor unit is operating, set up SW01/02/03 = [2] [1] [3] to 7-segment display [Hr] [ 2], and push SW04  
for 2 seconds or more.  
TK2  
Set up SW02 = [6], and turn on SV3C valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [ 3C])  
TK3  
If temperature does not change (up), clogging of valve or strainer is considered. ( in the figure.)  
TK4  
CN523 (Yellow)  
(*4)  
a) Clogging check for oil-equalization circuit  
Drive the outdoor unit. (Drive both compressors in the unit.)  
Check code name  
[H16]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
After driving for 10 minutes, check temperature of TK1 and TK2 sensors and temperature of oil-equalization  
circuit capillary (  
in the figure) were raised.  
TK1 temperature detective circuit error 1. Coming-off of TK1 sensor, miscabling,  
characteristics error of resistance value  
(Auxiliary code : 01)  
(Criterion)  
2. Oil-equalization circuit error  
(Check valve, capillary clogging,  
strainer clogging)  
TK1, TK2=Td1, Td2 temperature Approx. 10 to 30°C  
Oil-equalization capillary tubes should be higher sufficiently than outside air temperature and suction temperature.  
If temperature is low, a malfunction of capillary, strainer, or check valve is considered.  
Repair the defective parts.  
3. Refrigerant stagnation in case of  
compressor shell  
High-pressure  
sensor  
YES  
Is not TK1 sensor detached?  
NO  
Correct installation of sensor.  
5
Check joint  
(SV2)  
Oil  
separator  
Correct miscabling/misinstallation.  
TK1: CN514  
YES  
Is there no miscabling or misinstallation  
on TK1/TK2/TK3/TK4 sensors?  
TK2: CN515  
(
TK3: CN516  
TK4: CN523  
)
* Characteristics-4  
(SV3D)  
NO  
Solenoid valve  
Solenoid valve  
(SV41)  
(SV42)  
NO  
Are characteristics of TK1 sensor  
resistance value normal?  
Sensor error  
6
* Outdoor unit temp sensor characteristics-4  
High-pressure  
SW  
High-pressure  
SW  
YES  
Error  
Sensor  
(TD2)  
(TD1)  
Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode.  
Replace clogged part.  
2
TK1 sensor temp is displayed on 7-segment display with SW01/02/03=[1] [11] [2].  
Sensor  
(TK3)  
Check TK1 sensor temp approx. 10 minutes after compressor 1 has operated.  
If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature  
does not almost change, a clogging of strainer of oil-equalization circuit,  
clogging of capillary tube, or malfunction of check valve is considered.  
Strainer  
Strainer  
Compressor 1  
Strainer  
No error  
(TK1)  
(TK2)  
Oil tank  
Capillary tube  
TK1  
(TK4)  
(SV3E)  
7
4
Oil tank  
Error  
Check the clogging of SV3E valve.  
7
(Note 1)  
(SV3A)  
(Note 1) Refer to item [H07] error.  
1
No error  
Solenoid  
valve  
Strainer  
(SV3B)  
Check I/F P.C. board  
Replace SV3E valve.  
Balance pipe  
Packed valve  
Check  
valve  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[H16]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code name  
[H16]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Oil level detective circuit system error 1. Detachment of TK2 sensor, miscabling,  
TK3 temperature detective circuit error 1. Detachment of TK3 sensor, miscabling,  
characteristics error of resistance value  
characteristics error of resistance value  
(Auxiliary code : 02)  
(Auxiliary code : 03)  
2. Oil-equalization circuit error  
(Check valve, capillary clogging,  
strainer clogging)  
2. Error of SV3C valve circuit periphery  
(Check capillary clogging, strainer  
clogging)  
3. Refrigerant stagnation in compressor  
shell  
3. Refrigerant stagnation in compressor  
shell  
YES  
YES  
Is not TK2 sensor detached?  
NO  
Correct installation of sensor.  
Is not TK3 sensor come off?  
NO  
Correct installation of sensor.  
Correct miscabling/misinstallation.  
TK1: CN514  
Correct miscabling/misinstallation.  
TK1: CN514  
YES  
NO  
YES  
Is there no miscabling or misinstallation  
on TK1/TK2/TK3/TK4 sensors?  
Is there no miscabling or misinstallation  
on TK1/TK2/TK3/TK4 sensors?  
TK2: CN515  
TK2: CN515  
(
TK3: CN516  
TK4: CN523  
)
(
TK3: CN516  
TK4: CN523  
)
NO  
NO  
NO  
Are characteristics of TK2 sensor  
resistance value normal?  
Are characteristics of TK3 sensor  
resistance value normal?  
Sensor error  
Sensor error  
Replace  
Outdoor unit temp sensor characteristics-4  
* Outdoor unit temp sensor characteristics-4  
YES  
YES  
After power reset,  
check capillary choke of SV3C valve bypass.  
YES  
Does OCR of MG-SW operate?  
Reset OCR manually.( 2)  
Replace clogging part.  
Error  
Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode.  
Replace clogged part (Capillary).  
NO  
TK3 sensor temp is displayed on 7-segment display with SW01/02/03=[1] [13] [2].  
After power reset  
Check TK3 sensor temp approx. 10 minutes after compressor 2 has operated.  
If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature  
does not almost change, a clogging of parallel capillary is considered.  
Error  
Strainer  
Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode.  
TK2 sensor temp is displayed on 7-segment display with SW01/02/03=[1] [12] [2].  
No error  
Check TK2 sensor temp approx. 10 minutes after compressor 2 has operated.  
If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature  
does not almost change, a clogging of strainer of oil-equalization circuit,  
clogging of capillary, or malfunction of check valve is considered.  
SV3E valve  
Compressor 2  
Strainer  
TK3  
No error  
Error  
Check the clogging of SV3E valve.  
Replace SV3E valve.  
(Note 1)  
Capillary tube  
(Note 1) Refer to item [H07] error.  
No error  
TK2  
Error  
Oil tank  
Check the clogging of SV3E valve.  
Check I/F P.C. board  
(*1)  
1
Refer to item [H07] error.  
No error  
Check I/F P.C. board  
Replace SV3E valve.  
2
If OCR operates even after manual reset of OCR, check whether the wiring to the  
current sensor (T02) of Comp-IPDU is correct or not.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[H16]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code name  
[L04]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
TK4 temperature detective circuit error 1. Detachment of TK4 sensor, miscabling,  
Duplicated setup of outdoor line address Outdoor line addresses are duplicated.  
characteristics error of resistance value  
(Auxiliary code : 04)  
2. Check clogging and malfunction of  
SV3E valve circuit.  
YES  
3. Oil-equalization circuit error  
(Check capillary clogging, strainer  
clogging)  
Is there duplicated line address setup?  
NO  
Correct the line address setup.  
Correct the cable connection.  
4. Refrigerant stagnation in compressor  
shell  
NO  
Are communication cable connections of  
[U1.U2], [U3.U4], and [U5, U6] normal?  
YES  
Is not TK4 sensor detached?  
NO  
Correct installation of sensor.  
YES  
Check outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
Re-set up the address.  
(Refer to Address setup.)  
Correct miscabling/misinstallation.  
TK1: CN514  
Failure  
Replace  
YES  
Is there no miscabling or misinstallation  
on TK1/TK2/TK3/TK4 sensors?  
TK2: CN515  
(
TK3: CN516  
TK4: CN523  
)
NO  
NO  
Are characteristics of TK4 sensor  
resistance value normal?  
Sensor error  
Replace  
Check code name  
[L05]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
YES  
Duplicated indoor units with priority  
(Displayed on indoor unit with priority)  
1. Two or more prior indoor units exist.  
YES  
Does OCR of MG-SW operate?  
NO  
Reset OCR manually.( 2)  
This check code is displayed on the set indoor unit when setup of indoor unit with priority is duplicated.  
No error  
Priority setup with two or more units is not available. Choose one prior unit in one refrigerant circuit system.  
Check the clogging of SV3E valve.  
( 1)  
Check I/F P.C. board  
1
2
Refer to item [H07] error.  
Error  
If OCR operates even after manual reset of OCR, check whether the wiring to the  
current sensor (T02) of Comp-IPDU is correct or not.  
Replace SV3E valve.  
Check code name  
[L06]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check the clogging of SV3E valve.  
Duplicated indoor units with priority  
(Displayed on the indoor unit other than  
one with priority and on the outdoor unit)  
Two or more indoor units with priority  
are duplicated.  
Auxiliary code : No. of indoor units with priority  
Check code name  
[L03]  
Check code name  
Duplicated indoor header units  
Cause of operation  
There were two or more indoor header  
units in some remote controller group  
control.  
When indoor unit with priority is duplicated, this check code is displayed on the unit other than the setup indoor unit  
and outdoor unit.  
As only one indoor unit with priority is valid, change the setup.  
1) Check the connection changing of the remote controller after the connection has been changed.  
2) If the group configuration and address are normal when power has been turned on, the mode automatically shifts  
to address setup mode. (Re-setup of address) Refer to Address setup.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[L07]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code name  
[L10]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Group line in individual indoor unit  
The group line is connected in the  
individual indoor unit.  
Outdoor capacity unset  
On the outdoor IF P.C. board for service, the  
model selecting jumper has not been set up so  
as to match with the model.  
Item code (D1) 12: Line address  
Item code (D2) 13: Indoor address  
Item code (D3) 14: Group address  
YES  
Check setup item code  
DN 12, 13, and 14 addresses.  
Is there group cabling?  
NO  
I/F P.C. board Assy service for the outdoor unit is common to this series. A setup for model selection different from  
that for P.C. board with trouble is necessary. Set up a model based upon the P.C. board Assy exchange procedure.  
YES  
There is individual indoor unit.  
NO  
Correct indoor group address.  
Check code name  
[L17]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Failure  
Replace  
Inconsistent models of  
outdoor units  
There are outdoor units on the communication  
line other than Super Module Multi Flex type  
such as Super Module Multi or Super Module  
Multi ice regenerative type  
Check code name  
[L08]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Indoor group / address unset  
Indoor address unset  
Are the connected outdoor  
units those for flex on 1 system?  
(Check model name.)  
NO  
NO  
Replace outdoor units of other models  
with outdoor units purposed for flex.  
NO  
Are powers of all the  
indoor units turned on?  
YES  
Turn on the power of indoor units.  
YES  
Is the check code [L17]  
displayed even if turning on again  
power of all the connected outdoor  
units on 1 system alone?  
Correct communication line between  
outdoor units.  
Disconnect connectors between  
[U1, U2] and [U3, U4].  
YES  
Turn on the power of outdoor unit again.  
Clear addresses.  
(Refer to “Address clear”.)  
Are all the connected  
NO  
Change the incorrectly built-in outdoor  
I/F P.C. boards with I/F boards for  
Super Module Multi Flex.  
outdoor I/F P.C. boards on 1 system  
P.C. boards of outdoor units for  
Super Module Multi Flex?  
Re-execute address setup.  
(Refer to “Address setup”.)  
YES  
Check again whether there is any  
other outdoor unit or not on the  
communication line in 1 system.  
If any, turn off power of the  
corresponding outdoor unit and  
then check once more.  
Using 7-segment on I/F P.C. board, check the model name for each outdoor unit.  
For check, when putting the rotary switch on SW01/02/03=16/16/16, it is an  
outdoor I/F P.C. board for Super Module Multi Flex if Fis displayed at the left  
side of 7-segment [A] part.  
Note) This code is displayed when the power is turned on at the first time after installation.  
(Because the address is not yet set up)  
Check code name  
[L09]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Indoor capacity unset  
Indoor capacity unset  
YES  
Are capacity setups  
of indoor units unset?  
Set up capacity data of indoor unit.  
(Setup item code (DN) = 11)  
NO  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Defect  
Replace  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[L18]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code name  
[L29]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Flow selector unit system error  
An indoor unit which has been operated in  
cooling only mode is operated in heating mode  
without setup for cooling only mode.  
IPDU quantity error  
1. Incorrect model setup in service for I/F P.C.  
board  
2. Communication error between IPDU, fan  
IPDU and I/F  
3. IPDU, fan IPDU, I/F P.C. board error  
NO  
Set up All cooling mode.  
Item code (DN)=OF  
Cooling only operation mode=0001  
Did set up All cooling  
to All cooling indoor unit?  
Auxiliary code :  
YES  
01: IPDU1 error  
02: IPDU2 error  
03: IPDU1, 2 error  
05: IPDU1, fan IPDU error  
04: Fan IPDU error  
06: IPDU2, fan IPDU error  
Check flow selector unit.  
07: All IPDU error or disconnection of communication line between IPDU-I/F P.C. board or outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
NO  
Is jumper setup of outdoor I/F P.C. board correct?  
Correct connection of connector.  
(Jumpers 7, 8, 9 ON)  
YES  
Check code name  
[L20]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
YES  
Is communication connector between IPDU and  
Correct connection of connector.  
Duplicated central  
control addresses  
Central control addresses are duplicated.  
I/F P.C. board connected?  
NO  
Are not two or more  
central control system identical  
network addresses connected?  
YES  
Correct the network address  
of the central control system.  
YES  
Is there no disconnection of communication  
Replace communication line.  
line between IPDU and I/F P.C. board?  
NO  
NO  
Check the network adaptor  
on the indoor P.C. board.  
Is there voltage fluctuation between  
4 and 5 pins of CN600 on I/F P.C. board.  
(Measurement by tester: DC0 to 5V, 5 pin GND)  
NO  
NO  
I/F P.C. board error  
YES  
Is there voltage fluctuation between  
3 and 5 pins of CN600 on I/F P.C. board.  
(Measurement by tester: DC0 to 5V, 5 pin GND)  
IPDU P.C. board error  
Check code name  
[L28]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Quantity over of  
connected outdoor units  
1. Quantity over of connected outdoor units  
YES  
Both IPDU (No.1, No.2) and fan IPDU  
did not return the communication.  
2. Connection error of communication line  
between outdoor units  
3. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
On the fan power supply P.C. board,  
NO  
1) CN503: Between 1 and 5 pins  
12V  
7V  
Replace fan power supply P.C. board.  
2) CN503: Between 2 and 5 pins  
3) Between +5V and GND at the side of CN505: 5V  
NO  
NO  
Is No. of connected  
Max. 3 units are allowed for flex system.  
outdoor units below 3 units?  
YES  
YES  
P.C. board to be replaced  
IPDU1  
Auxiliary code  
Replace IPDU P.C. board with trouble.  
Is communication line between  
outdoor units correctly connected?  
Correct connection of communication line.  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
IPDU2  
YES  
IPDU1, 2  
Fan IPDU  
Check outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
IPDU1, fan IPDU  
IPDU2, fan IPDU  
IPDU1, 2, fan IPDU, I/F  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[L30]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Outside error was input.  
Check code name  
[P03]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Interlock in indoor unit  
from outside  
Discharge tempTD1 error  
1. Service valve of outdoor unit closed.  
2. Outdoor PMV1, 2 error  
3. TD sensor error  
4. Refrigerant short, clogging in pipe  
5. 4-way valve error  
NO  
NO  
Is outside device connected  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Failure Replace  
to connector CN80?  
6. SV4 circuit leakage, misinstallation  
7. SV5 circuit leakage  
YES  
8. SV6 circuit clogging  
9. Discharge gas/Suction gas pipes mispiping  
10. Flow selector unit error  
Check outside device.  
Does outside device correctly operate?  
YES  
Failure  
Replace  
Are service valves of  
NO  
Check cause of the operation.  
outdoor discharge gas, suction gas,  
and liquid pipe fully opened?  
Open service valves fully.  
Repair outdoor PMV.  
YES  
Are outdoor PMV1 and PMV2 normal?  
1. Connector connection  
2. Wiring  
NO  
* Connector CN300, 301 White  
3. Coil  
Check code name  
[L31]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
4. Valve itself  
5. Outdoor P.C. board  
Extended IC error  
1. Outdoor unit power error  
2. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
YES  
NO  
Is resistance characteristic  
of TD1 sensor normal?  
Replace TD1.  
YES  
Refer to Outdoor unit temperature  
sensor characteristics-4.  
Is there any trouble of  
outdoor unit power supply?  
Check power voltage and line.  
Check auxiliaty noise, etc.  
YES  
NO  
NO  
NO  
Is there no refrigerant leakage of  
Check 4-way valve.  
discharge gas to suction side in 4-way valve?  
YES  
Check outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
SV4 circuit  
1. Are not coils of SV41 and  
SV42 valves mounted reversely?  
2. Is no leakage from SV41?  
Correct mounting of valve coils  
or replace SV41 valve.  
YES  
Check code name  
[P01]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Abnormal  
Abnormal  
Replace defective parts.  
Replace defective parts.  
Check leakage of SV5 circuit.  
Normal  
Indoor fan motor error  
1. Cabling error  
2. Check fan motor.  
Check clogging of SV6 circuit.  
Normal  
* For the models installed with AC fan motor only  
YES  
YES  
Is there no connection error or  
Correct cabling circuit for  
the connector connection.  
Abnormal  
NO  
Check mispiping of discharge gas /  
suction gas main pipes.  
disconnection of CN076 connector?  
Correct piping.  
Repair flow selector unit.  
Correct wiring.  
NO  
Normal  
Is the flow selector unit normal?  
YES  
Is not there mechanical lock of fan motor?  
NO  
Replace fan motor.  
NO  
Is not indoor unit in other  
refrigerant line connected?  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Failure  
Replace  
YES  
(Check there is no pipe breakage, and then recharge refrigerant.)  
Refrigerant short, clogging, pipe breakage  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[P04]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
1. High-pressure SW error  
A
C All heating operation  
All heating operation  
Actuation of  
high-pressure SW  
Repair SV4 circuit.  
Coil error, clogging,  
NO  
2. Service valve closed  
Is SV4 circuit normal?  
YES  
3. Pd sensor error  
(
)
disconnection of wiring, etc.  
4. Indoor/outdoor fan error  
5. Indoor/outdoor PMV choke  
6. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging, air short circuit  
7. SV2 circuit error  
Refrigerant overcharge,  
clogging,pipe breakage,  
abnormal overload condition  
YES  
NO  
8. SV4 circuit error  
Does heating indoor fan  
normally operate?  
9. SV5 circuit error  
10. Discharge line check valve malfunction  
11. Refrigerant overcharge  
NO  
Is connector  
connection,  
coil normal?  
NO  
Is indoor  
PMV normal?  
YES  
Auxiliary code : Compressor 1 side 02: Compressor 2 side  
Note) High-pressure SW is normally closed.  
YES  
(B contact)  
Repair  
faulty parts.  
Is there a cause to  
interfere operation of  
indoor heat exchanger?  
1 Air filter clogging  
NO  
NO  
YES  
Does high-pressure SW operate?  
Is circuit cabling normal?  
YES  
Check and correct cabling.  
Check I/F P.C. board.  
YES  
2 Heat exchanger clogging  
3 Air short circuit  
NO  
Are connector connection,  
heat exchanger, fan, and  
fan motor normal?  
Failure  
Replace  
NO  
NO  
Check parts.  
YES  
Eliminate the  
interfered causes.  
Are parts of high-pressure SW normal?  
Failure  
Replace  
Repair  
faulty parts.  
YES  
NO  
Is service valve fully opened?  
Open service valve fully.  
Correct piping.  
NO  
Is 4-way valve normal?  
YES  
YES  
Are characteristics of TC2  
and TCJ sensor resistance  
value normal?  
NO  
Abnormal  
Check mispiping of  
discharge/suction gas main pipes.  
Replace 4-way valve.  
NO  
Normal  
Abnormal  
Check operation of PMV3 SV12 valve.  
YES  
Replace defective parts.  
Replace TC2  
or TCJ sensor.  
Is SV11 circuit normal?  
YES  
Normal  
Abnormal  
Is the flow selector normal?  
Repair the flow selector unit.  
Repair faulty position.  
NO  
Is there clogging  
of valve?  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Normal  
Failure  
Replace  
All cooling operation To  
All heating operation To  
B
C
Reset power supply, and start a test  
operation corresponded to the season.  
YES  
NO  
Replace PMV body.  
Are not indoor units of different  
refrigerant circuit connected?  
Are characteristics of  
high-pressure sensor normal?  
Replace the high-pressure sensor.  
Check with miscabling check  
function of outdoor unit.  
YES  
(
)
Check and  
correct the cabling.  
Refrigerant overcharge, clogging,  
pipe breakage, abnormal overload condition  
B
All cooling operation  
NO  
NO  
Is there no crack or  
coming-off of fan?  
Does cooling outdoor fan normally operate?  
YES  
Repair faulty parts.  
Connector connection,  
fan IPDU, fan motor, wiring  
YES  
Check code name  
[P05]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Is there a cause to interfere operation  
of heat exchanger of outdoor unit?  
1. Heat exchanger clogging  
2. Air short circuit  
YES  
NO  
Eliminate the interfered causes.  
Open phase, negative phase  
1. Power supply open phase  
2. Power supply negative phase  
NO  
Is SV2 circuit normal?  
Repair SV2 circuit.  
Coil error, clogging,  
Check the phase power line of outdoor unit.  
Check error of outdoor I/F P.C. board.  
Check there is no looseness, etc of terminal.  
YES  
A
(
)
disconnection of wiring, etc.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[P07]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
1. Power voltage error  
Check code name  
[P12]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Heat sink overheat error  
Indoor fan motor error  
1. Cabling error of fan motor connector  
2. Fan motor error  
2. Outdoor fan system error  
3. Heat sink installation error  
3. Indoor P.C. board error  
4. Clogging of hear sink cooling duct  
5. IPDU P.C. board error (TH sensor error)  
Turn off power supply.  
Auxiliary code : 01: Compressor 1 side 02: Compressor 2 side  
Detectable in model with DC fan motor  
4-way Air Discharge Cassette or Concealed Duct Standard type  
Under Ceiling, High Wall or Compact 4-way Air Discharge Cassette type  
(
)
NO  
Is power voltage normal?*  
Correct power line.  
* 380415V ± 10%  
YES  
Is there connection error or  
disconnection on connector CN333, CN334  
of indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402)?  
YES  
Correct connector connection.  
NO  
Correct wiring such as cable to compressor  
or connector connection.  
Is wiring of IPDU normal?  
YES  
NO  
NO  
Is indoor fan normal?  
Check fan and fan motor.  
Tighten screws.  
Remove connectors CN333 and CN334  
on indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).  
YES  
YES  
Is screw between IPDU and heat sink loosened?  
NO  
NO  
Does fan turn without trouble  
when turning it with hands?  
Replace indoor fan motor.  
YES  
s there no clogging of heat sink cooling duct?  
Correct clogging.  
YES  
NO  
Check IPDU P.C. board.  
Is resistance value between each phase  
NO  
at motor side of fan motor connector CN333 on  
Replace indoor fan motor.  
indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402) correct?  
1
YES  
1
Is not winding 1 (Red lead) to 3 (White lead), 3 (White lead) to 5 (Black lead),  
5 (Black lead) to 1 (Red lead) opened/shorted?  
Resistance value should satisfy the follows.  
Check code name  
[P10]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Is not grounded between cabinet and 1, 3, 5? Should be 10 or more  
Indoor overflow error  
1. Float SW operation error  
2. Drain pump operation error  
3. Clogging of drain pipe  
4. Indoor P.C. board error  
Is resistance value at motor side of  
NO  
fan motor connector CN334 on indoor P.C. board  
Replace indoor fan motor.  
(MCC-1402) correct?  
2
YES  
2
Check resistance value of fan motor position detective circuit.  
Is not winding 1 (Yellow lead) to 4 (Pink lead) opened/shorted?  
Resistance should be 5 to 20k  
Replace indoor fan motor.  
Auxiliary code : Indoor address with trouble  
NO  
Is output of indoor fan motor position  
detective signal correct?  
3
Is float SW connector  
(Indoor control P.C. board CN34)  
connected normally?  
NO  
NO  
Correct  
connector connection.  
YES  
3
Check fan motor position detective signal.  
YES  
Measure voltage with tester between CN334 1 and 5 on indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402)  
under condition of CN333 and CN334 installed and power-ON.  
Turn fan slowly with hands so that pin voltage fluctuates between 0 and 5V.  
Between 4 and 5: 5V  
NO  
Check and correct wiring.  
Does float SW operate?  
YES  
Is wiring normal?  
YES  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Failure Replace  
CN333  
Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-1402).  
Failure Replace  
NO  
NO  
Is power supply to  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Does drain pump operate?  
YES  
drain pump normal?  
Failure  
Replace  
YES  
Replace drain pump,  
and check cabling.  
Check there is 380415V voltage of  
1-3 pin of CN68 on indoor P.C. board.  
Check drain pipe, etc.  
CN334  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[P13]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code name  
[P15]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Outdoor liquid back detection error 1. PMV1/PMV2 error  
2. Pd sensor, Ps sensor error  
Gas leak detection  
1. Outdoor unit service valve closed  
2. Outdoor PMV error  
TS condition (Auxiliary code : 01)  
3. Clogging of SV2 circuit  
3. TS1 sensor error  
4. Clogging of SV3B circuit, balance pipe  
5. Leakage of main discharge pipe  
6. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
4. Refrigerant shortage, clogging refrigerant  
circuit  
5. 4-way valve error  
6. SV4 circuit error  
NO  
NO  
Are connections of outdoor  
Correct connector connection.  
(CN300, CN301)  
NO  
Are service valves at gas and  
liquid side fully opened?  
PMV1/PMV2 connectors correct?  
Open service valves fully.  
Repair outdoor PMV.  
Replace TS2 sensor.  
YES  
YES  
Are operations of outdoor  
PMV1/PMV2 normal?  
PMV error  
Is outdoor PMV1, 2 normal?  
1. Connector connection  
2. Wiring  
NO  
Connectors CN300, 301 White  
YES  
3. Coil  
4. Valve body  
5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board  
NO  
NO  
Are characteristics of Pd sensor/Ps sensor  
output voltage normal?  
Pd sensor/Ps sensor error  
YES  
YES  
NO  
Refer to outdoor unit temperature  
Are characteristics of  
TS2 sensor resistance normal?  
Correct connector connection.  
(CV2: CN302)  
Is SV2 valve coil correctly connected?  
YES  
sensor characteristics-3.  
YES  
Does not discharge  
refrigerant gas bypass to suction side  
through 4-way valve?  
YES  
YES  
Is there no miswiring or  
misinstallation on TS1 and TS2 sensors?  
Check and replace 4-way valve and coil.  
Correct miswiring/installation  
NO  
NO  
Check I/F P.C. board.  
NO  
Is there no leakage of  
Repair SV41 and SV42 circuits.  
Coil, valve body,  
SV41 and 42 valve circuits?  
YES  
(
)
disconnection of cable, etc  
Abnormal  
Abnormal  
Check mispiping of discharge gas/  
suction gas main pipes.  
Correct piping.  
Normal  
Is the flow selector unit normal?  
Normal  
Repair the flow selector unit.  
Refrigerant shortage,  
clogging, pipe breakage.  
(Check there is no clogging and pipe breakage, and then recharge refrigerant.)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[P15]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code name  
[P17]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Gas leak detection  
1. Outdoor unit service valve closed  
2. Outdoor PMV error  
3. TD sensor error  
Discharge tempTD2 error  
1. Outdoor unit service valve closed  
2. Outdoor PMV error  
TD condition (Auxiliary code : 02)  
3. TD sensor error  
4. SV4 circuit error  
4. Refrigerant shortage, clogging of refrigerant circuit  
5. 4-way valve error  
5. Refrigerant shortage, clogging refrigerant  
circuit  
6. SV4 circuit leakage, misinstallation  
7. SV5 circuit leakage  
8. SV6 circuit clogging  
NO  
Are service valves of gas  
and liquid sides fully opened?  
Open service valves fully.  
9. Mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas pipes  
10. Flow selector unit error  
YES  
NO  
Are service valves of gas and  
Open service valves fully.  
Repair outdoor PMV.  
Is outdoor PMV1, 2 normal?  
1. Connector connection  
2. Cabling  
liquid sides fully opened?  
NO  
Connectors CN300, 301 White  
Repair outdoor PMV.  
YES  
3. Coil  
4. Valve body  
5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board  
Is outdoor PMV normal?  
1. Connector connection  
2. Cabling  
NO  
* Connectors CN300, 301 White  
YES  
3. Coil  
4. Valve body  
5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board  
NO  
Refer to outdoor unit temperature  
Are characteristics of  
TD1, TD2 sensor resistance normal?  
Replace TD1 or TD2 sensor.  
YES  
sensor characteristics-4.  
YES  
NO  
Are characteristics of  
TD2 sensor resistance normal?  
Replace TD2 sensor.  
Check 4-way valve.  
* Refer to outdoor unit  
temperature sensor  
characteristics-4.  
NO  
Is SV4 valve circuit normal?  
(Coil misinstallation, valve leakage)  
YES  
Repair SV41 and SV42 circuits.  
NO  
Does not discharge refrigerant gas by  
pass to suction sidethrough 4-way valve?  
Coil, valve body, coil installation,  
disconnection of cable, etc.  
YES  
(
)
YES  
NO  
Check with miscabling check  
Are not indoor units in different  
refrigerant circuit connected?  
SV4 circuit  
Correct cabling.  
1. Are not SV41 and SV42 valve  
coils installed reversely?  
2. Is there no leakage through  
SV42 circuit?  
NO  
Correct installation of valve coil.  
Replace SV42 valve.  
(
)
function of outdoor unit.  
YES  
Abnormal  
YES  
Check leakage of SV5 circuit.  
YES  
Check leakage of  
Replace defective parts.  
SV5 and SV11 circuits.  
NO  
NO  
Replace defective parts.  
Replace defective parts.  
Normal  
Abnormal  
Abnormal  
Check mispiping of discharge gas/  
suction gas main pipes.  
Check clogging of SV6 circuit.  
YES  
Correct piping.  
Normal  
NO  
NO  
Check mispiping of discharge gas/  
suction gas main pipes.  
Correct piping.  
Repair the flow selector unit.  
Correct cabling.  
Is the flow selector unit normal?  
Normal  
Repair the flow selector unit.  
YES  
Is the flow selector unit normal?  
YES  
Refrigerant shortage,  
clogging, pipe breakage.  
(Check there is no clogging and pipe breakage, and then recharge refrigerant.)  
NO  
Is not an indoor unit of different  
refrigerant line connected?  
Check with miscabling check  
function of outdoor unit.  
(
)
YES  
Refrigerant shortage, clogging, pipe breakage.  
(Check there is no pipe breakage, and then recharge refrigerant.)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[P19]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
1. 4-way valve error  
Check code name  
[P20]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
4-way valve operation error  
High-pressure protective operation 1. Pd sensor error  
2. Service valve closed.  
2. TS1 sensor/TE1 sensor error  
3. Pd sensor/Ps sensor error  
3. Indoor/outdoor fan error  
4. TE sensor/TL sensor misconnection  
4. Indoor/outdoor PMV clogging  
5. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging  
6. SV2 circuit error  
Auxiliary code : Detected outdoor unit No.  
7. SV4 circuit error  
8. SV5 circuit error  
9. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error  
NO  
Is 4-way valve coil  
connector connected?  
Correct connector connection.  
(4-way valve coil: CN317)  
10. Operation error of check valve of main  
discharge pipe  
YES  
11. Refrigerant overcharge  
Correct connector connection.  
TS1 sensor: CN504  
TE1 sensor: CN505  
Pd sensor: CN501  
NO  
NO  
Are TS1, TE1, Pd, Ps sensor  
Are service valves fully opened?  
YES  
Open service valves fully.  
Check parts.  
connectors connected?  
Ps sensor: CN500  
YES  
NO  
Are characteristics of  
high-pressure sensor normal?  
Failure  
Replace  
NO  
Are characteristics of resistance value  
YES  
Replace sensor.  
Replace sensor.  
of TS1 and TE1 sensors normal?  
Abnormal  
Check mispiping of discharge gas/  
suction gas main pipes.  
Correct piping.  
YES  
Normal  
Check operation of PMV3 SV12.  
Normal  
Abnormal  
Abnormal  
NO  
Replace defective parts.  
Are output voltage characteristics  
of Pd and Ps sensors normal?  
Is the flow selector unit normal?  
Normal  
Repair the flow selector unit.  
YES  
NO  
All cooling operation To  
All heating operation To  
B
C
Reset power supply, and start a test  
operation corresponded to the season.  
Are connection and installation  
of TE1 and TL sensors correct?  
Correct connection  
and installation.  
1. Pressure by pressure gauge (Check joint)  
2. Pressure display on 7-segment display  
3. Output voltage of I/F P.C. board  
YES  
B
All cooling operation  
If 1 and 2, 3 are different, an error of pressure sensor is considered.  
If 2 and 3 are different, check I/F P.C. board.  
Reset the power supply and  
start heating test operation.  
NO  
Does cooling outdoor fan normally operate?  
Correct faulty parts.  
YES  
Is there no fan crack or coming-off?  
NO  
YES  
Correct faulty parts.  
NO  
Is the flow selector unit normal?  
Replace the FS unit.  
(Connector connection, fan IPDU, fan motor, wiring)  
NO  
Is outdoor PMV1, 2 normal?  
YES  
Correct faulty position.  
YES  
(Connector connection wiring, coil mounting, valve clogging, etc)  
Does not discharge  
refrigerant gas bypass to  
suction side through  
If an error did not occur  
in test operation,  
restart the operation.  
YES  
NO  
Is there a cause to interfere operation  
of heat exchanger of outdoor unit?  
1. Heat exchanger clogging  
2. Air short circuit  
Does 4-way valve operate?  
YES  
Eliminate the interfered causes.  
4-way valve?  
1
NO  
YES  
NO  
Is SV2 circuit normal?  
YES  
NO  
NO  
Repair SV2 circuit.  
4-way valve error  
Check 4-way valve.  
(Coil error, clogging, disconnection of cable, etc.)  
Is SV4 circuit normal?  
YES  
Repair SV4 circuit.  
1 Check TS and TE temperature of the outdoor unit which compressors is operated.  
(Coil error, clogging, disconnection of cable, etc.)  
(I/F) SW01=[1], SW02=[6], SW03=[2]  
SW01=[1], SW02=[7], SW03=[2]  
TS sensor temperature  
TE sensor temperature  
NO  
Does check valve of main  
Repair check valve. Replace  
discharge pipe normally operate?  
<Judgment criteria>  
TE sensor: Normal if TE 20˚C except summer season (Outside temp 20˚C or lower)  
TS sensor: Normal if TS 40˚C except summer season (Outside temp 20˚C or lower)  
YES  
Refrigerant overcharge, clogging,  
pipe breakage, abnormal overload condition  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[P22]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
C
Outdoor fan IPDU error  
1. Fan lock  
2. Fan IPDU P.C. board error  
3. Overload cause  
All heating operation  
4. External cause such as blast  
5. Fan IPDU power P.C. board error  
Is connector  
NO  
NO  
NO  
connection of indoor  
heat exchanger fan or  
fan motor normal?  
Does heating indoor fan  
normally operate?  
Auxiliary code: 0 : IGBT short circuit  
1 : Position detect circuit error  
4 : Motor current error detected  
D: TH sensor error  
3 : Motor lock error  
YES  
YES  
C: TH sensor error (Heat sink overheat)  
E: Vdc error  
Is indoor PMV normal?  
YES  
Repair faulty parts.  
NO  
Are wire connector  
connection on fan IPDU and  
power P.C. board Assy normal?  
NO  
Are characteristics  
of sensor TC2 and TCJ  
resistance normal?  
NO  
Correct cable connector connection.  
Is connector connection  
coil normal?  
YES  
YES  
YES  
YES  
NO  
Repair faulty parts.  
NO  
Replace TC2 or TCJ sensor.  
Is not outdoor fan motor locked?  
NO  
Check indoor P.C. board.  
Faulty Replace  
Is there a clogging?  
YES  
Is winding resistance of the motor correct?  
13 to 33 (Between R and S, R and T, S and T)  
Replace motor.  
Replace PMV body  
.
YES  
Repair check valve. Replace  
Repair check valve. Replace  
NO  
Is check valve of main  
discharge pipe normal?  
YES  
Is there no loosening on fixation  
between fan IPDU and heat sink?  
Retightening of screws, etc.  
YES  
YES  
Is there a cause to  
interfere operation of  
YES  
YES  
YES  
heat exchanger of indoor unit?  
1. Air filter clogging  
Eliminate the interfered causes.  
Is sub-code of outdoor I/F P.C. board [0d]?  
NO  
Replace fan IPDU.  
2. Heat exchanger clogging  
3. Air short circuit  
NO  
Is there no problem  
such as stuffing or blast blowing to  
discharge port of outdoor fan?  
NO  
Correct cause of overload.  
Is SV5 circuit normal?  
Repair SV5 circuit.  
Coil error, choke,  
(
)
disconnection of cable, etc.  
NO  
YES  
Abnormal  
Abnormal  
Check operation of 4-way valve.  
Normal  
Replace 4-way valve.  
Check fan IPDU.  
Check clogging of SV11 circuit.  
Normal  
Replace defective parts.  
NO  
Are not indoor units of different  
refrigerant circuit connected?  
Check and correct cabling.  
Check with miscabling check function  
of outdoor unit.  
(
)
YES  
Refrigerant overcharge,  
clogging, pipe breakage,  
abnormal overload condition  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Check code name  
[P26]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Check code name  
[P29]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
G-Tr short-circuit protection error 1. Outdoor unit power error  
2. IPDU error/Cable connection error  
Compressor position  
detective circuit error  
1) Cable/connector connection error  
2) Compressor error  
3. Compressor error  
3) IPDU P.C. board error  
4. IPDU P.C. board error  
Auxiliary code : 01: Compressor 1 side 02: Compressor 2 side  
Auxiliary code : 01: Compressor 1 side 02: Compressor 2 side  
NO  
Are connector connection  
and wiring normal?  
Check and correct circuit and cables  
such as cabling to compressor, etc.  
NO  
Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal?  
Correct power line.  
YES  
YES  
YES  
NO  
Is not grounded?  
Compressor error  
Compressor error  
Compressor error  
Replace  
Replace  
Replace  
Is wire connector connection  
on IPDU P.C. board normal?  
Correct connection  
of wire connector.  
NO  
YES  
YES  
Is not winding shorted?  
(Is winding resistance 0.1 to 0.3 ?)  
NO  
Is compressor normal?  
Replace compressor.  
NO  
YES  
YES  
NO  
Is not winding opened?  
Is smoothing condenser normal?  
Check capacity coming-out/  
external appearance.  
(1500µF, 350V)  
NO  
YES  
Check IPDU P.C. board.  
Failure  
Replace  
Replace IPDU P.C. board.  
Check code name  
[P31]  
Check code name  
Cause of operation  
Other indoor error  
(Group follower unit error)  
Other indoor unit in the group is abnormal.  
When the header unit of the group detected [E03, L03, L07, L08 error], the follower unit of the group displays [P31]  
error and stops. There are no check code display and alarm record of the main remote controller.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7-6. 7-Segment Display Function  
n 7-segment display on the outdoor unit (Interface P.C. board)  
On the interface control P.C. board, 7-segment LED to check the operating status is provided on the control P.C.  
board.  
The displayed contents are changed by combining the setup numbers of the rotary switches (SW01, SW02, and  
SW03) on P.C. board.  
Interface P.C. board  
SW06  
SW07  
SW08  
SW09  
7-segment  
display A  
7-segment  
display B  
CN30 CN31  
SW05  
SW15  
SW06  
SW07  
SW08  
SW09  
CN32 SW04  
D600 D601 D602 D603 D604  
CN30 CN31  
SW05  
SW15  
CN32 SW04  
D600 D601 D602 D603 D604  
Display  
A
Display A  
Display  
B
SW01 SW02 SW03  
2nd.  
place  
1st.  
place  
3rd.  
place  
2nd.  
place  
1st.  
place  
Display B  
SW01 SW02 SW03  
u Check procedure in case of stop with trouble  
When the system stopped due to a trouble of the outdoor unit, execute a check in the following  
procedure.  
1. Open the panel of the outdoor unit, and then check the 7-segment display.  
The check code is displayed at the right side of 7-segment display B.  
[U1] [¡¡¡] ([¡¡¡]: Check code)  
Switch setup when confirming the check code: SW01 [1], SW02 [1], SW03 [1]  
However the check code [¡¡¡] is displayed for 3 seconds and the auxiliary code [¡¡¡] for 1  
second are alternately displayed if an auxiliary code is provided.  
2. Confirm the check code, and then conduct the check operation based on the procedure of each  
check code diagnosis.  
3. [U1] [E28] on 7-segment display means a trouble on the follower unit.  
Push the push-switch SW04 on the header unit for several seconds. (2 seconds or more)  
As only the fan of the outdoor unit with a trouble drives, open the panel of the corresponding unit, and  
then confirm the check code displayed with 7-segment.  
4. Perform the check operation based on the procedure of each check code diagnosis.  
How to read the check monitor  
<7-segment display>  
0
a
1
c
2
e
3
4
h
5
i
6
n
7
o
8
r
9
A
t
b
C
y
d
E
u
F
H
J
L
P
G
S
V
89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1. Data display of system information (Displayed on the header outdoor unit only)  
SW01 SW02 SW03  
Display contents  
Displays refrigerant name.  
Model with refrigerant R410A  
Model with refrigerant R407C  
1
1
3
Refrigerant name  
A
B
r4  
r4  
10A  
07C  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
System capacity  
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
[ 5] to [48]  
[HP]  
: 5 to 48HP  
No. of outdoor units  
[ 1] to [ 4]  
[ P]  
: 1 to 4 units  
No. of connected indoor units/  
No. of units with cooling thermo ON  
[ 0] to [48]  
: 0 to 48 units (No. of connected units)  
[C0] to [C48] : 0 to 48 units (No. of units with cooling thermo ON)  
[ 0] to [48] : 0 to 48 units (No. of connected units)  
No. of connected indoor units/  
No. of units with heating thermo ON  
[H0] to [H48] : 0 to 48 units (No. of units with heating thermo ON)  
Data is displayed with hexadecimal notation  
Compressor command  
correction amount  
Release control  
Normal time : [ r], During release control: [r1]  
Oil-equalization control  
Oil-equalization request  
Normal time : [oiL-0]  
During oil equation : [oiL-1]  
Displays with segment LED lighting pattern  
Display A  
A
Display B  
F in the left figure goes on:  
F
E
B
C
G
Header requests oil equalization.  
C in the left figure goes on:  
Follower requests oil-equalization.  
(Outdoor unit number)  
D Dp  
U2  
U3  
U4  
10  
Refrigerant/oil recovery operation  
A
B
During sending of cooling refrigerant oil recovery signal : [C1].  
Normal time : [C ]  
During sending of heating refrigerant oil recovery signal : [H1].  
Normal time : [H ]  
11  
12  
Automatic address  
Demand operation  
A
B
A
B
[Ad]  
Automatic addressing : [FF], Normal time : [ ]  
[dU]  
Normal time : [ ]. In 50% to 90% : [ 50 to 90]  
When controlling by communication line input : [E50 to E90]  
13  
Optional control (P.C. board input) Displays optioned control status  
Operation mode selection : In heating with priority (Normal)  
A
B
h.  
c.∗  
...  
...  
Priority on cooling  
Heating only  
H.∗ ∗...  
Cooling only  
C.∗ ∗...  
Priority on No. of operating indoor units  
Priority on specific indoor unit  
Batch start/stop : Normal  
Start input  
n.∗  
...  
...  
...  
U.∗  
.  
.
.1. ...  
Stop input  
.0. ...  
Night low-noise operation : Normal  
Operation input  
..  
...  
.. 1...  
Snow fan operation : Normal  
Operation input  
.. . ..  
.. .1..  
14  
15  
16  
Option control (BUS line input)  
Same as above  
Unused  
A
B
mark: Indicates none on display  
90  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Data display of outdoor unit information (Displayed on each outdoor unit)  
SW01 SW02 SW03  
Display contents  
1
1
1
Error data  
A
B
Displays outdoor unit number: [U1] to [U4]  
Displays check code (Latest code only is displayed.)  
There is no check code: [– – –]  
There is auxiliary code: Check code [∗ ∗ ∗] for 3 seconds,  
auxiliary code [∗ ∗] for 1 second alternately  
<SW04> push function  
: Fan of unit with error only drives. 7-segment A: [E1]  
<SW04 + SW05> push function : Fan of normal unit only drives. 7-segment A: [E0]  
<SW05> push function  
: Interruption of fan operation function  
2
3
A
B
Operation mode  
Outdoor unit HP  
A
Stop: [ ]  
Normal cooling: [ C], Normal heating: [ H], Normal defrost: [ J]  
B
A
B
A
5HP: [ 5], 6HP: [ 6], 8HP: [ 8], 10HP: [10], 12HP: [12]  
[HP]  
4
5
Compressor operation command  
No.1 compressor operation command is displayed.  
Data display with Hexadecimal notation: [00 to FF]  
B
No.2 compressor operation command is displayed.  
Data display with Hexadecimal notation: [00 to FF]  
<SW04> push function  
7-segment display (A/B)  
: Inverter frequency is exchanged to decimal notation.  
: [∗ ∗ ] [∗ ∗ H] (Normal display by pushing <SW05>)  
6
7
Outdoor fan step  
A
B
A
[FP]  
Step 0 to 31: [ 0 to 31]  
Compressor backup  
Displays No.1 compressor setup status  
Normal: [ ], Backup setup: [C1]  
B
Displays No.2 compressor setup status  
Normal: [ ], Backup setup: [C2]  
8
9
A
B
Control valve output data  
Displays control output status of solenoid valve  
A
B
… … …  
4-way valve: ON  
H. 1  
H. 0  
2. 1  
2. 0  
3. 1  
3. 0  
3. 0  
3. 0  
… … …  
4-way valve: OFF  
10  
11  
SV2: ON / SV5: OFF  
5. 0  
SV2: OFF / SV5: ON  
5. 1  
SV3A: ON / SV3B: OFF / SV3C: OFF /SV3D: OFF  
0 0 0  
1 0 0  
0 1 0  
0 0 1  
SV3A: OFF / SV3B: ON / SV3C: OFF /SV3D: OFF  
SV3A: OFF / SV3B: OFF / SV3C: ON /SV3D: OFF  
SV3A: OFF / SV3B: OFF / SV3C: OFF /SV3D: ON  
12  
13  
SV41: ON / SV42: OFF  
4.  
1 0  
SV41: OFF / SV42: ON  
4.  
0 1  
… … … … …  
… … … … …  
14  
15  
16  
PMV1 /PMV2 opening  
Displays opening data (Decimal) (Total opening)  
∗ ∗  
∗ ∗. P  
∗ ∗. P  
Oil level judgment status  
A
B
[oL]  
<SW05> push SW function: The following data is displayed for 2 seconds.  
* During oil shortage in compressor 1: [L ],  
during oil shortage in compressor 2: [ L]  
… … …  
Initial display: [  
Judgment result of compressor 1 in [#], compressor 2 in []  
(0: Normal, 1, 2: Shortage) is displayed.  
], Oil level judgment result: [A. #. ]  
91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Data display of outdoor cycle (Displayed on each outdoor unit)  
SW01 SW02 SW03  
Display contents  
1
1
2
Pd pressure data  
Ps pressure data  
Pd pressure (MPaG) is displayed with decimal data.  
(MPaG: Approx. 1/10 value of kg/cm2G data)  
A
B
P d. . ∗ ∗  
P S. . ∗ ∗  
P L. . ∗ ∗  
2
3
4
Ps pressure (MPaG) is displayed with decimal data.  
PL pressure conversion data Estimated pressure of liquid line (MPaG) is displayed with decimal data.  
TD1 sensor data  
TD2 sensor data  
TS1 sensor data  
TS2 sensor data  
TE sensor data  
TL sensor data  
TO sensor data  
TK1 sensor data  
TK2 sensor data  
TK3 sensor data  
TK4 sensor data  
Temperature sensor data (°C) is displayed  
with decimal notation.  
Symbol  
Data  
t d  
1 1 1  
∗ ∗. ∗  
2 1 1  
∗ ∗. ∗  
1 1 1  
∗ ∗. ∗  
2 1 1  
∗ ∗. ∗  
Symbol display for 1 sec. and data display for 3 sec. are  
alternately displayed.  
5
6
Symbol  
Data  
t d  
Data is displayed in [].  
Symbol  
Data  
t S  
Negative data is displayed as [∗ ∗ ∗ ∗].  
7
Symbol  
Data  
tS  
8
Symbol  
Data  
tE  
t L  
9
Symbol  
Data  
∗ ∗. ∗  
∗ ∗. ∗  
∗ ∗. ∗  
∗ ∗. ∗  
∗ ∗. ∗  
∗ ∗. ∗  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
Symbol  
Data  
t o  
Symbol F 1  
Data  
Symbol F 2  
Data  
Symbol F 3  
Data  
Symbol F 4  
Data  
A
B
A
B
4. Data display of indoor unit information (Displayed on the header unit only)  
SW01 SW02 SW03  
Display contents  
… …  
… … …  
4
1 to 16 1 to 3 Receiving status of  
B
Receiving time: [  
1], Not received: [  
]
indoor BUS communication  
5
6
Indoor check code  
B
B
No check code: [– – –]  
Indoor capacity  
(HP) horse power  
0. 2, 0. 5, 0. 8,  
1, 1. 2, 1. 7,  
2, 2. 5,  
3, 3. 2,  
4,  
5,  
6,  
8, 1 0, 1 6, 2 0  
… … … …  
7
Indoor request command  
(S code)  
B
Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation [  
0 to  
F] : Heating  
8
Indoor PMV opening data  
Indoor TA sensor data  
Indoor TF sensor data  
Indoor TCJ sensor data  
Indoor TC1 sensor data  
Indoor TC2 sensor data  
B
B
B
B
B
B
Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation  
Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation  
Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation  
Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation  
Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation  
Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
NOTE) Indoor address No. is chosen by changing SW02 and SW03.  
SW03 SW02  
Indoor address  
7-segment display A  
[01] to [16]  
1
2
3
1 to 16 SW02 setup number  
1 to 16 SW02 setup number + 16  
1 to 16 SW02 setup number + 32  
[17] to [32]  
[33] to [48]  
92  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Outdoor EEPROM write-in error code display (Displayed on the header unit only)  
The latest error code written in EEPROM of each outdoor unit is displayed.  
(It is used when confirming the error code after power supply has been reset.)  
Set SW01 to 03 as shown in the following table, and the push SW04 for 5 seconds or more to display an error code.  
7-segment display  
W01 SW02 SW03  
Display contents  
A
B
1
1
2
3
16  
The latest error code of the header unit 1 (U1)  
The latest error code of the follower unit 1 (U2)  
The latest error code of the follower unit 2 (U3)  
E. r  
E. r  
E. r  
1. – –  
2. – –  
3. – –  
n 7-segment display A, B  
Display A  
Display B  
D600  
D601  
D602  
D603  
D604  
7-7. Sensor Characteristics  
Indoor Unit  
n Temperature sensor characteristics  
Characteristic-1  
200  
150  
100  
50  
20  
15  
10  
5
40  
30  
20  
10  
Indoor TA sensor  
Indoor TC1, TC2, TCJ sensors  
Characteristic-2  
0
0
0
10 20 30 40 50  
Temperature [˚C]  
-30 -20 -10  
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100  
Temperature [˚C]  
93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Wired remote controller  
(Up to 2 units)  
Weekly timer  
Function setup  
Key switch  
Display  
LCD  
Display  
LCD  
LCD  
driver  
CPU  
Display  
LED  
CN2 CN1  
Function setup  
Key switch  
CPU  
3
*
DC5V  
DC5V  
Remote controller  
communication circuit  
Power  
circuit  
Power  
circuit  
Secondary  
battery  
Indoor unit  
#1  
A
B
#2  
A
B
#3  
A
B
Network adaptor (Option)  
Max. 8 units are connectable. *1  
Indoor control P.C. board (MCC-1402)  
Remote controller  
*1 However in a case that the  
network adaptor is installed  
when 2 remote controllers  
are connected, maximum  
7 units are connectable.  
Network  
Remote  
communication circuit  
adaptor  
controller  
communication  
circuit  
P.C. board  
(MCC-1401)  
DC5V  
EEPROM  
TA sensor  
TCI sensor  
CPU  
H8/3687  
*2 The network adaptor is  
installed to only one unit.  
DC12V  
Same  
as left  
*2  
Same  
as left  
*2  
DC5V  
Power circuit  
Switch setup  
*3 The weekly timer cannot be  
connected to the simple  
wired remote controller.  
Transformer  
TC2 sensor  
CPU  
H8/3039  
Driver  
*4 Nome for high wall spearate  
sold parts for under ceiling.  
TCJ sensor  
*4  
PMV  
Float input  
HA  
CPU  
TMP88CH  
47FG  
Louver  
motor  
U1 U2  
U1 U2  
(TMP88PH47FG)  
None for Concealed  
Duct type  
L
N
L
N
Outside  
output  
BUS  
communication  
circuit  
*4  
Drain  
pump  
Start  
Fan motor  
Alarm  
Power  
supply  
Power  
supply  
control circuit  
Ready  
AC  
Thermostat ON  
Power  
circuit  
synchronous  
signal input  
circuit  
COOL  
HEAT  
FAN  
Outdoor  
unit  
Outdoor  
unit  
Indoor  
fan  
motor  
DC  
280V  
L
N
U1  
U1  
U2  
U2  
Indoor/Outdoor  
communication  
Outdoor unit  
Power supply  
1Ø220-240V, 50Hz  
1Ø220V, 60Hz  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Indoor unit  
#1  
A
B
Wireless remote  
controller kit  
Network adaptor (Option)  
#2 A  
B
#3 A  
B
Sensor P.C. board  
Indoor control P.C. board (MCC-1402)  
Network  
Remote controller  
communication circuit  
Remote  
adaptor  
Remote controller  
Emergent  
operation  
SW  
controller  
communication  
circuit  
P.C. board  
(MCC-1401)  
communication circuit  
DC5V  
EEPROM  
TA sensor  
TCI sensor  
TC2 sensor  
TCJ sensor  
Power  
circuit  
CPU  
CPU  
H8/3687  
Buzzer  
Function  
setup  
SW  
DC5V  
Same  
as left  
*2  
Same  
as left  
*2  
Sensor  
circuit  
Display  
LED  
Power  
circuit  
Switch  
setup  
DC12V  
CPU  
H8/3039  
Transformer  
*3  
Float input  
None for  
Concealed Duct  
PMV  
Driver  
HA  
Louver  
motor  
U1 U2  
U1 U2  
L
N
L
N
None for Concealed  
Duct type  
*3  
Power  
supply  
Power  
supply  
CPU  
TMP88CH  
47FG  
Drain  
pump  
BUS  
communication  
circuit  
Outdoor  
unit  
Outdoor  
unit  
Outside  
output  
(TMP88PH47FG)  
Start  
Indoor  
fan motor  
Fan motor  
control circuit  
Alarm  
Ready  
AC  
Thermostat ON  
COOL  
synchronous  
signal input  
circuit  
Power  
circuit  
HEAT  
FAN  
DC280V  
L
N
U1  
U1  
U2  
U2  
Indoor/Outdoor  
communication  
Max. 8 units are connectable. *1  
*1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed  
when 2 wireless remote controller kits are connected,  
maximum 7 units are connectable.  
Outdoor unit  
Power supply  
1Ø220-240V, 50Hz  
1Ø220V, 60Hz  
*2 The network adaptor is installed to only  
*3 Nome for high wall spearatesold parts for under ceiling.  
One unit.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Wired remote controller  
Weekly timer  
Display  
LCD  
LCD  
driver  
Function setup  
Key switch  
Display  
LCD  
CPU  
CN2 CN1  
Function setup  
Key switch  
Display  
LED  
CPU  
DC5V  
DC5V  
Power  
circuit  
Remote  
controller  
Power  
circuit  
Secondary  
battery  
communication  
circuit  
3
*
Indoor unit  
#1  
#2  
A
B
#3  
A
B
A
B
Wireless remote  
controller kit  
Network adaptor (Option)  
Sensor P.C. board  
Indoor control P.C. board (MCC-1402)  
Remote  
controller  
communication  
circuit  
Network adaptor  
P.C. board  
(MCC-1401)  
Remote  
controller  
communication  
circuit  
Remote  
controller  
Emergent  
operation  
SW  
communication  
circuit  
DC5V  
EEPROM  
TA sensor  
TCI sensor  
TC2 sensor  
TCJ sensor  
DC5V  
Power  
CPU  
CPU  
Same  
as left  
Same  
as left  
H8/3687  
circuit  
DC5V  
*2  
*2  
Power circuit  
Transformer  
Switch setup  
Buzzer  
Function  
setup  
SW  
Sensor  
circuit  
Display  
LED  
CPU  
H8/3039  
DC12V  
*4  
Float input  
None for  
PMV  
Driver  
Louver  
motor  
Concealed Duct  
U1 U2  
U1 U2  
HA  
L
N
L
N
CPU  
TMP88CH  
47FG  
None for Concealed  
Duct type  
BUS  
communication  
circuit  
*4  
Outside  
output  
Drain  
pump  
(TMP88PH47FG)  
Power  
supply  
Power  
supply  
Start  
Alarm  
Ready  
AC  
Indoor  
fan motor  
Fan motor  
control circuit  
synchronous  
signal input  
circuit  
Outdoor  
unit  
Outdoor  
unit  
Thermostat ON  
COOL  
Power  
circuit  
HEAT  
FAN  
DC  
280V  
L
N
U1  
U1  
U2  
U2  
Indoor/Outdoor  
communication  
Max. 8 units are connectable. *1  
*1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed, maximum 7 units are connectable.  
*2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit.  
Outdoor unit  
Power supply  
1Ø220-240V, 50Hz  
1Ø220V, 60Hz  
*3 The weekly timer cannot be connected to the simple wired remote controller.  
*4 Nome for high wall spearate sold parts for under ceiling.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Filter/Option error input  
Microcomputer operation LED  
EEPROM  
DC fan output  
Power supply  
Optional  
power supply  
PMV output  
Remote controller  
power supply LED  
DC fan return  
*1  
Drain pump output  
*1  
Float SW  
Fan output  
HA (T10)  
TCJ sensor  
EXCT  
Remote controller inter-unit cable  
TC1 sensor  
TA sensor  
Used for  
servicing  
DISP  
CHK  
Indoor/Outdoor communication  
(Also used for communication of the  
central control system)  
Optional output  
Flap  
*1  
TC2 sensor  
(Used only for 4-way Air  
Indoor/Outdoor communication (Spare)  
Discharge Cassette Type,Under ceiling type)  
*1 : Used only for under-ceiling, high wall  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8-1-3. Optional Connector Specifications of Indoor P.C. Board  
Connector Pin  
Function  
Specifications  
DC12V  
Remarks  
No.  
No.  


Humidifier output  
CN66  
In heating, thermo ON, Fan ON, Humidifier output ON  
* Humidifier provided, Drain pump ON is set up by CN70  
short-circuit or from remote controller. (DN=40)  
Output  
DC12V  
Fan output  
CN32  
CN61  
Shipment setup: ON with indoor unit operation and OFF  
with stop are linked.  
* Single operation by FAN button on remote controller is set  
up from remote controller (DN=31)  
Output  

ON/OFF input  
HA ON/OFF input  
(J01:YES/NO=Pulse (At shipment) / Static input select)  
0V (COM)  
ƒ
Main prohibition input Operation stop of main remote controller is permitted /  
prohibited by input.  
Operation output  
DC12V (COM)  
Alarm output  
ON during operation (Answerback of HA)  

ƒ
ON during alarm output  
Option output  
CN60  
DC12V (COM)  
Defrost output  
Thermo ON output  
COOL output  
ON when outdoor unit is defrosted  
ON during Real thermostat ON (Compressor ON)  
ON when operation mode is cooling system  
(COOL, DRY, Cool/Heat Auto cooling)  
HEAT output  
Fan output  
ON when operation mode is heating system  
(HEAT, Cool/Heat Auto cooling)  
ON when indoor fan is ON  
(During use of air cleaner/Interlock cabling)  
Outside error input  
CN80  
DC12V (COM)  
DC12V (COM)  
Outside error input  
Generate check code L30(for 1 minute continuously) to  
stop forcedly the operation.  

ƒ
CN20  
CN70  
CN71  
CHK operation check  
Check mode input  
Used for indoor operation check.  

(Outdoor does not communicate with remote controller, and  
outputs specified operation such as indoor fan H, drain  
pump ON, etc.)  
0V  
DISP exhibition mode  
EXCT demand  
CN72  
CN73  
Display mode input  
Exhibition mode enables to communicate by indoor unit and  
remote controller only.  
(When power has been turned on.) Timer short (Usual)  


0V  
Demand input  
0V  
Indoor unit forced thermostat OFF operation  
98  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. DETACHMENTS  
9-1. Indoor Unit  
MMU-AP0071MH, AP0091MH, AP0121MH, AP0151MH, AP0181MH  
Ceiling panel: RBC-UM11PG-E  
Preparing work:  
1. Before work, be sure to stop the power supply of the air conditioner and turn off switch of the power supply  
breaker. (Otherwise an electric shock may be caused.)  
2. Be sure to put on the gloves when working; otherwise an injury may be caused with parts sharp edges etc.  
No.  
Part name  
Procedure  
Remarks  
1
Suction grille  
1. Detachment  
Suction grille  
Ceiling panel  
1) Slide hooks (2 positions) of the suction grille  
to inner side, and then hang down the  
suction grille.  
2) Take off the strap that connects the panel  
and the suction grille, and then lift up shaft of  
the suction grille to remove the suction grille.  
Hook of suction grille  
Hook hole of ceiling panel  
Hook of  
fall-preventive strap  
2. Attachment  
1) Hook shaft of the suction grille to the panel.  
2) Hook strap of the suction grille to the original position of the panel.  
3) Close the suction grille and slide the hooks outward to fix it.  
2
Electric parts  
cover  
1. Detachment  
Screws  
Temporary hanging hook  
1
1) Perform work of procedure  
-1.  
2) Take off screws (Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.) fixing the  
electric parts cover.  
3) Remove the electric parts cover from the  
temporary hanging hook of the electric parts  
cover, and then open the cover.  
2. Attachment  
1) Close the electric parts cover and hook the  
cover hole to the temporary hanging hook.  
2) Tighten the fixing screws. (Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)  
Screw  
Unnecessary to remove this hook.  
99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No. Part name  
Procedure  
Remarks  
3
Adjust  
corner cover  
1. Detachment  
1) Perform work of procedure of  
1
-1.  
2) Turn clockwise screws (4 positions) at the  
suction port corner until adjust corner  
cover rises up.  
NOTE)  
When you work, keep the torque at below 12N•m.  
Do not use an electric screwdriver; otherwise the  
mechanism of adjust corner cover may be  
damaged and not be removed.  
1
2
Torque~12N·m  
3) Pull downward the risen-up part of adjust  
corner cover and remove it.  
4) Remove the strap of adjust corner cover.  
1
2
2. Attachment  
1) Attach the strap of adjust corner cover to  
the panel, hook claws of adjust corner  
cover to the panel corner, and then push  
the opposite side into the panel.  
2) Turn screws (4 positions) of the suction  
port corner counterclockwise until bump  
between adjust corner cover and panel  
disappears.  
NOTE)  
When you work, keep the torque at below 12N•m.  
Do not use an electric screwdriver;  
otherwise the mechanism of adjust corner cover  
may be damaged and not be removed.  
Torque~12N·m  
3
4
Ceiling  
panel  
1. Detachment  
1
2
1) Perform works of procedure  
-1-,  
-1,  
Hanging  
3
and  
-1.  
section of tentative  
hook of ceiling panel  
2) Remove the flap connector (CN33, White,  
5P) connected to the control P.C. board  
and then take off the lead wire from the  
clamp.  
Temporary  
bracket  
Push to remove  
NOTE)  
Drain piping  
corner  
Remove the connectors after unlocking the lock  
of the housing.  
3) Take off screws (M5, 4 pcs.) fixing the  
ceiling panel.  
4) Push the temporary bracket to inner side  
to remove the ceiling panel.  
Temporary  
bracket  
Ceiling panel  
2. Attachment  
1) Hook the panel to the temporary bracket of  
the drain pan of the main body.  
NOTE)  
The panel has directionality. Therefore mount the  
panel according to the temporary bracket and the  
bracket mounting position.  
Washer  
based screw  
Hanging section  
of temporary bracket  
2) Tighten the fixing screws. (M5, 4 pcs.)  
3) Connect flap connector of the ceiling  
panel to the connector  
CN33  
(CN33, White, 5P) of the control  
P.C. board.  
Cable clamp  
100  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No. Part name  
Procedure  
Remarks  
5
1. Detachment  
1) Perform works of procedure  
Control P.C.  
board  
1
2
-1- and  
-1.  
2) Remove the connectors connected from the control P.C. board to other parts.  
CN33 : Flap motor (5P, White)  
CN34 : Float switch (3P, Red)  
CN41 : Terminal block of remote controller (3P, Blue)  
CN40 : Terminal block of crossover between inside and outside (2P, Blue)  
CN68 : Drain pump (3P, Blue)  
CN67 : Terminal block of power supply (3P, Black)  
CN100: TC1 sensor (3P, Brown)  
CN101: TC2 sensor (2P, Black)  
CN102: TCJ sensor (2P, Red)  
CN104: Room temp sensor (2P, Yellow)  
CN82 : PMV (6P, Blue)  
CN333: Fan motor power supply (5P, White)  
CN334: Fan motor position detection (5P, White)  
Ferrite core for sensor lead  
NOTE)  
Remove the connectors after  
unlocking the lock of the housing.  
3) Unlock the lock of the card  
edge spacer (6 positions)  
and then remove the  
control P.C. board.  
Card edge spacer  
Drawing-out port of lead wire Ferrite core for fan motor  
2. Attachment  
1) Fix the control P.C. board to the card edge spacer. (6 positions)  
2) Connect the connectors as original before being removed in item 1.  
NOTE)  
For drawing of each wire and position of ferrite core, perform wiring same as those before  
removing. If there is incomplete drawing of wire, short or water leakage of the parts may be  
caused.  
Enlarged drawing  
Fix the lead wires with cord clamp  
so that the lead wires do not slacken  
at P.C board side. (2 positions)  
Cord clamp  
Arrow view  
As shown in the figure, store PMV lead wire  
connected with connector assembly so that the  
connector positions under wire of the terminal.  
Be sure that the  
float switch lead wire positions  
Details of PMV lead wire drawing  
at inner side of the fan motor lead wire.  
Fix the sensor lead wires firmly with the cord clamp so that  
they do not touch with the caution plate of the terminal block  
and they do not slacken at P.C. board side. (3 positions)  
Cord clamp  
Fold back the float switch lead wire  
and fix surely with cord clamp.  
(There is no catching-in of P.C. board  
and lead wire.)  
Arrange the clamp at the position as shown in the figure.  
Cord clamp  
Arrange at position  
as shown in the figure.  
Details of fan motor lead wire drawing  
Fold back the sensor lead wire and  
fix it surely with the cord clamp.  
Adhere on the transformer.  
Details of sensor lead wire drawing  
101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No. Part name  
Procedure  
Remarks  
1. Detachment  
1) Perform works of procedure  
6
Electric  
parts box  
1
2
-1-and  
-1.  
2) Remove connectors of the lead wire connected to the following connectors of the control  
P.C. board.  
CN33 : Flap motor (5P, White)  
CN34 : Float switch (3P, Red)  
CN68 : Drain pump (3P, Blue)  
CN100: TC1 sensor (3P, Brown)  
CN101: TC2 sensor (2P, Black)  
CN102: TCJ sensor (2P, Red)  
CN82 : PMV (6P, Blue)  
CN333: Fan motor power supply (5P, White)  
CN334: Fan motor position detection (5P, White)  
NOTE)  
Remove the connectors after unlocking the lock of the housing.  
3) Remove each lead wire  
from cord clamps in the  
electric parts box.  
Ferrite core for sensor lead  
4) Remove the power supply  
wiring, remote controller  
wiring, and crossover wiring.  
5) Take off screws  
(Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)  
Card edgee spacer  
Drawing-out port of lead wire Ferrite core for fan motor  
2. Attachment  
1) Tighten screws (Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.) fixing the electric parts box.  
2) Connect the connectors as original before being removed in item 1.  
3) Perform power supply wiring, remote controller wiring, and crossover wiring between inside  
and outside.  
NOTE)  
For drawing of each wire and position of ferrite core, perform wiring same as those before remov-  
ing. If there is incomplete drawing of wire, short or water leakage of the parts may be caused.  
Enlarged drawing  
Fix the lead wires with cord clamp  
so that the lead wires do not slacken  
at P.C board side. (2 positions)  
Cord clamp  
Arrow view  
As shown in the figure, store PMV lead wire  
connected with connector assembly so that the  
connector positions under wire of the terminal.  
Be sure that the  
float switch lead wire positions  
Details of PMV lead wire drawing  
at inner side of the fan motor lead wire.  
Fix the sensor lead wires firmly with the cord clamp so that  
they do not touch with the caution plate of the terminal block  
and they do not slacken at P.C. board side. (3 positions)  
Cord clamp  
Fold back the float switch lead wire  
and fix surely with cord clamp.  
(There is no catching-in of P.C. board  
and lead wire.)  
Arrange the clamp at the position as shown in the figure.  
Cord clamp  
Arrange at position  
as shown in the figure.  
Details of fan motor lead wire drawing  
Fold back the sensor lead wire and  
fix it surely with the cord clamp.  
Adhere on the transformer.  
Details of sensor lead wire drawing  
102  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No. Part name  
Procedure  
Remarks  
7
Fan guard  
1. Detachment  
1) Perform work of procedure  
Fan guard  
1
-1.  
2) Take off screws fixing the fan guard.  
(Ø4 × 10, [Screws for plastic molding] 4 pcs.)  
NOTE)  
The specification of fixing screws for the fan guard  
differs from those of other fixing screws.  
Therefore keep them separately from other screws.  
2. Attachment  
1) Attach screws for fixing the fan guard.  
(Ø4 × 10, [Screws for plastic molding] 4 pcs.)  
4 screws  
8
Bell mouth  
1. Detachment  
Fixing claws  
for lead wires  
6
1) Perform work of procedure  
-1.  
Bell mouth  
2) Take off the lead wires of the drain pump, float  
switch, and fan motor from the bell mouth.  
3) Take off fixing screws of the bell mouth.  
(Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)  
2. Attachment  
1) Mount the bell mouth with screws.  
(Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)  
2) Perform wiring as original before being  
removed.  
NOTE)  
Pinch lead wire of the drain pump and float switch  
with lead wire fixing claws of the bell mouth and  
perform wiring along the guide.  
4 screws  
Fixing claws  
for lead wires  
9
Turbo fan  
1. Detachment  
Fan motor fixing  
M6 nut  
Drawing-out port of  
fan motor lead wire  
8
1) Perform work of procedure  
-1.  
2) Take off the nut (M6 nut 1 pc.) of the turbo fan.  
NOTE)  
Use a box wrench for attachment and detachment of  
the turbo fan. If using a monkey wrench etc, the  
other parts may be damaged in work.  
2. Attachment  
1) Insert the turbo fan into the fan motor so that  
boss of the turbo fan matches with cut surface  
of the fan motor, and then tighten it with nut.  
NOTE)  
Tightening torque of turbo fan: 5.9 ± 0.6N.m  
Apply looseness-preventing agent to the nut after  
tightening.  
Turbo fan  
103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No. Part name  
Procedure  
Remarks  
10  
Fan motor  
1. Detachment  
1) Perform work of procedure  
Fixing nut for fan motor  
9
.
2) Take off screws fixed with lead holding bracket  
of the fan motor. (Ø4 × 10, 2 pcs.)  
3) Open wiring holding part of the fan motor lead  
holding bracket and then take off the fan motor  
lead wire from the bracket.  
4) Take off fixing nuts for the fan motor to remove  
the fan motor.(M 3 pcs.)  
Fan motor  
NOTE)  
Use a box wrench for attachment and detachment of  
the fan motor fixing nuts; otherwise contact or  
damage for other parts may be caused.  
Fan motor  
earthh wire  
Fixing screw  
Holding metal fitting  
for fan motor lead wire  
2. Attachment  
1) Mount the fan motor with the fixing nuts.  
NOTE)  
Tightening torque of turbo fan: 5.9 ± 0.6N.m  
Apply looseness-preventing agent (as paints) to the  
nut after tightening.  
2) Attach the fan motor lead wire holder.  
NOTE)  
• For the fan motor lead wire, fix the lead wire  
holding bracket along concave part of the ceiling  
panel. (There is no catch-in of lead wire and ceiling  
panel.)  
• When fixing the lead wire bracket, tighten fan  
motor earth together with the lead wire.  
• For this work, do not use an electric screwdriver.  
Take note the damage of earth terminal.  
Wiring holding bracket  
3) Bend the lead wire holding part and fix the fan  
motor lead wire.  
NOTE)  
Be sure that the lead wire does not come to contact  
with the heat exchanger.  
Fan motor lead wire  
Concave part  
of ceiling panel  
104  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No. Part name  
Procedure  
Remarks  
11 Drain pan  
1. Detachment  
1) Perform works of procedure  
2 screws  
4
8
-1 and  
-1.  
2) Remove the drain cap and extract drain water  
accumulated in the drain pan.  
NOTE)  
Socket of drain pan  
When removing the drain cap, be sure to receive  
drain water with a bucket, etc.  
3) Take off screws fixing the drain pan to remove  
the drain pan. (Ø4×10, 4 pcs.)  
Drain pan  
2. Attachment  
1) Insert the drain cap into the drain pan.  
NOTE)  
Put a stick or others into hole at center of the drain  
cap, and then insert the drain cap until it strikes on  
the socket of the drain pan.  
2 screws  
2) Draw each lead wire to the correct positions,  
and then insert the drain pan into the main  
unit.  
NOTE)  
Piping holder rib  
Draw lead wires of the drain pump and the float  
switch along the guide of the cabinet. Insert the drain  
pan along the guides of sensors (TC1, TC2, TCJ)  
and PMV lead wire.  
The drain pan and each lead wire are not caught in;  
otherwise water leakage may be caused.  
3) Fix the drain pan with screws. (Ø4 × 10, 4 pcs.)  
Piping holder  
Hose band  
Lead wire  
12  
Drain pump  
1. Detachment  
assembly  
Drain pummp assembly  
1) Perform work of procedure 11 -1.  
2) Pick up the hose band and slide it from the  
pump connecting part to remove the drain  
hose.  
3) Take off screws (Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.) fixing the  
drain pump assembly, and then move hooking  
claw (1 position) of the main body from the  
drain pump assembly to remove the drain  
pump assembly.  
2. Attachment  
White marked position  
1) Fix the drain pump assembly as original.  
Drainn hose  
NOTE)  
For fixing, use a hooking claw (1 position) and  
screws (3 positions).  
When screwing, be sure not to run on the hooking  
claw at main body side.  
2) Mount the drain hose and the hose band as  
original.  
NOTE)  
Insert the drain hose up to the end of pump connect-  
ing part, and then put the band at white marked  
position of the hose.  
Fixingg screw  
for draain pump  
Hooking claw  
for drain pump  
105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No.  
Part name  
PMV  
Procedure  
Remarks  
13  
1. Detachment  
(Pulse Motor Valve)  
1) Perform work of procedure 11 -1.  
2) Take off screws (Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.) fixing  
the piping cover to remove the piping  
cover.  
Pipingg cover  
3) Cut off binding band that binds the PMV  
lead wires.  
4) Peel butyl rubber of PMV a little and  
remove PMV motor with a spanner  
wrench.  
NOTE)  
For attachment and detachment of PMV motor,  
use a 14mm or 19mm spanner wrench.  
3 screws  
2. Attachment  
PMV body  
PMV nut  
1) Mount PMV motor with a spanner  
wrench.  
NOTE)  
PMV motor tightening torque: 7.84 ± 0.78N.m  
2) Perform wiring of PMV and sensor lead  
as original.  
NOTE)  
Arrange each wire as original.  
3) Fix the piping cover with screws.  
<Details of sensor lead wire drawing>  
As shown in the figure, make draining shape on the  
lead wire (Black) once, and then fix it with bind band.  
Fix the head of bind band and lead wire at inner side of the  
position in the figure so that they do not stick out to outside.  
Sensor lead wire (Black)  
Insert the sensor lead wires (Red), (Blue), (Black)  
from the positions in the figure.  
Do not turn the head  
of bind band upward.  
Heat-insulation pipe  
(Liquid pipe)  
Sensor lead (Black)  
Sensor lead wire  
(Red)  
Sensor lead  
(Red)  
PMV motor  
Sensor lead  
(Blue)  
Details of A part  
A
Heat-insulation pipe  
(Gas pipe)  
Sensor lead wire (Blue)  
Sensor lead wires  
(Red) (Blue)  
As shown in the figure, hook the  
sensor and PMV lead wires to the  
claw of the No.13 piping cover,  
and then pass them so that they  
are stored in this groove.  
Sensor lead wire (Black)  
PMV lead wire  
When mounting the piping cover,  
check each lead wire  
does not hit PMV motor.  
(PMV lead  
from foot)  
(Inner  
sparkle side)  
Bind band  
B
Arrow view B  
Bundle each sensor lead wire (Red), (Blue), (Black),  
and PMV lead wire, fold back toward you at position  
in the figure, and then fix them with bind band.  
106  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No. Part name  
Procedure  
Remarks  
14  
Heat  
1. Detachment  
exchanger  
1) Recover refrigerant gas.  
2) Remove the refrigerant pipe at indoor unit  
side.  
3) Perform work of procedure 11 -1.  
4) Take off screws (Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.) fixing the  
piping cover to remove the piping cover.  
5) While holding the heat exchanger, remove  
fixing band and fixing screws (Ø4 × 10, 3 pcs.)  
and then remove the heat exchanger.  
2. Attachment  
1) Mount parts in order, heat exchanger  
fixing band piping cover drain pan  
bell mouth electric parts box as original.  
NOTE)  
Arrange wires as original.  
2) Attach the removed connectors and wires as  
original.  
Fixing band  
Fixing band for  
heat exchanger  
3) Connect the refrigerant pipe as original, and  
then perform vacuuming.  
2 fixing screws for heat exchanger  
107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10. P.C. BOARD EXCHANGE PROCEDURES  
10-1. Exchange of P.C. Board for Indoor Service  
Part code  
Model type  
P.C. board model  
Label display on P.C. board  
03DD M05  
MMU-AP 1H series  
MMU-AP 1MH series  
MMC-AP 1H series  
MMK-AP 1H series  
MMD-AP 1SPH/SH series  
MMU-AP 2SH series  
431-6V-269  
MCC-1402  
Requirement at exchange of P.C. board assembly for indoor service  
Before exchange, in the fixed memory (hereinafter EEPROM, IC10) installed on the indoor P.C. board, the type  
exclusive to the model and the capacity code are stored at shipment from the factory. The important setup data  
such as line/indoor/group address which are set up (Auto/Manual) or high ceiling exchange setup at installation  
time, respectively.  
Proceed with exchange of P.C. board assembly for indoor service in the following procedure.  
After exchange work, check again the setup for indoor unit No. or group header/follower units to confirm whether  
the setup contents are correct or not, and then check also the refrigerant circuit system by a test operation, etc.  
<Exchange procedure>  
Method 1  
Before exchange, it is possible to turn on power of the indoor unit and read out the setup  
contents from the wired remote controller.  
Readout of EEPROM data: Procedure 1  
ò
Exchange of P.C. board for service & power ON: Procedure 2  
ò
Writing-in of the readout EEPROM data: Procedure 3  
ò
Power supply reset (All the indoor units connected to the remote controller in case of group operation control)  
108  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Method 2  
Before exchange, it is impossible to read out the setup contents due to EEPROM error.  
Exchange of P.C. board for service & power ON: Procedure 2  
ò
Writing-in of the setup data such as the model name, capacity code, indoor unit address high ceiling setup,  
connection setup of option,  
etc to EEPROM based upon customer’s information: Procedure 3  
ò
Power supply reset (All the indoor units connected to the remote controller in case of group operation control)  
Procedure 1 : Readout setup contents from EEPROM  
(Contents of EEPROM with setup changed at local site include setup at shipment from the factory are read out.)  
SET  
CL  
TEST  
1. Push  
+
+
buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more.  
1
In a group operation control, the firstly displayed unit No. indicates the header indoor unit No.  
In this case, 10 is displayed in the item code (DN).The fan of the selected indoor unit operates, and also  
starts swinging in a model with flap.  
UNIT  
2. Every pushing  
, the indoor unit Nos. in the group control are displayed successively.  
2
Specify the indoor unit No. to be exchanged.  
The fan of the selected indoor unit operates, and also starts swinging in a model with flap.  
3. Using temperature setup buttons, the item code (DN) can be moved up/down one by one.  
/
3
4. First change the item code (DN) from 10 01 . (Setup of filter sign lighting time)  
In this time, make a note of contents of the displayed setup data.  
5. In the next time, change the item code (DN) using  
/
buttons.  
Make a note of contents of the setup data as same as the above.  
6. Then repeat item 5., and make a note of contents  
of the important setup data as indicated in the  
Item code necessary at minimum  
attached table (Example).  
The item code (DN) is consisted with 01 to FF .  
DN  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
Contents  
DN No. may jump on the way.  
Type  
Type and capacity of  
the indoor unit are  
necessary to set up  
the revolution  
7. When noting has finished, push TEST button to  
Indoor unit capacity  
Line address  
return to the normal stop status.  
6
Indoor address  
Group address  
(It requires approx. 1 minute to operate the remote  
controller.)  
frequency of the fan.  
<Remote controller operation diagram>  
SET DATA  
UNIT No.  
R.C.  
No.  
TEMP.  
ON / OFF  
3
5
6
1
TIMER SET  
TIME  
FAN  
SWING/FIX  
UNIT  
MODE  
VENT  
4
2
FILTER  
RESET TEST  
SET CL  
109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Procedure 2 : Exchange of P.C. board for service  
1. Exchange P.C. board with a P.C. board for service.  
In this time, the jumper line (cut) setup or the (short-circuit) connecting connector setup on the previous P.C.  
board should be reflected on P.C. board for service. (See the blow figures.)  
(MCC-1402)  
JP1  
CN41  
(MCC-1403)  
JP001  
CN041  
CN34  
CN030  
From the left  
CN112,111,110  
When short-circuited plug is mounted to P.C. board before  
change, re-mount the short-circuited plug as previons.  
2. It is necessary to set Indoor unit to be exchanged : Remote controller = 1 : 1  
Based upon the system configuration, turn on power of the indoor unit with one of the following items.  
1) Single (Individual) operation  
Turn on power of the indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3.  
2) Group operation  
A) In case that power of the exchanged indoor unit only can be turned on  
Turn on power of the exchanged indoor unit only and proceed to Procedure 3.  
B) In case that power of the indoor units cannot be turned on individually (Case 1)  
a) Remove temporarily the group wire connected to the terminal blocks A and B of the exchanged  
indoor unit.  
b) After connecting the remote controller wire only to the removed terminal block, turn on power of the  
indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3.  
When the above methods cannot be used, follow to the two cases below.  
C) In case that power of the indoor units cannot be turned on individually (Case 2)  
a) Remove all CN41 connectors of the indoor units in the same group except those of the exchanged  
indoor unit.  
b) Turn on power of the indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3.  
After Procedure 3 operation has finished, be sure to return the temporarily removed group wire or  
CN41 connector to the original connection.  
Service P.C. board of  
the unit to be changed  
Indoorunit  
P.C. board  
Indoorunit  
P.C. board  
Indoorunit  
(Case 1)  
A B  
A B  
A B  
Remove the group wire of the  
terminal blocks A and B of the  
changed indoor unit, and then  
install the remote controller only.  
Group wire  
Remote  
controller  
Service P.C. board of  
the unit to be changed  
Indoorunit  
P.C. board  
Indoorunit  
P.C. board  
Indoorunit  
CN  
41  
(Case 2)  
A B  
A B  
A B  
Remove CN41 connectors  
of the indoor units other  
than the units to be changed  
in the same group.  
Group wire  
Remote  
controller  
110  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Procedure 3 :Writing-in of setup contents to EEPROM  
(The EEPROM contents which are installed on the service P.C. board have been set up at shipment from the factory.)  
SET  
CL  
TEST  
1. Push  
(
+
+
buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more.  
1
is displayed in the UNIT No box.)  
In this time, 10 is displayed in the item code (DN).The fan of the indoor unit operates, and also starts  
swinging in a model with flap.  
2. Using temperature setup  
/
buttons, the item code (DN) can be moved one step up 1 or down one  
by one.  
3
3. First set up the type and capacity code of the indoor unit.  
(The data at shipment from the factory is written in EEPROM by changing the type and capacity code.)  
1) Set 10 to the item code (DN). (As before)  
2) Using the timer time  
/
buttons, set up the type.  
4
(For example, 0001 indicates 4-way Air Discharge Cassette type.): Refer to the attached table.  
SET  
3) Push  
button. (OK if display goes on.)  
buttons, set 11 to the item code (DN).  
buttons, set up the capacity code.  
5
4) Using temperature setup  
5) Using the timer time  
/
/
(For example, 0012 indicates 027 type.): Refer to the attached table.  
SET  
6) Push  
button. (OK if display goes on.)  
TEST  
7) Push  
button to return to the normal stop status.  
4. In the next, the contents such as address setup, which were set up at the local site after installation are  
written in EEPROM. Execute again the operation in the above item 1.).  
5. Using temperature setup  
/
buttons, set 01 to the item code (DN).  
(Lighting time setup for filter sign)  
6. Compare the contents of the setup data which is displayed in this time with contents noted in a memo in  
Procedure 1 and customer’s information.  
1) If data is incorrect, change it using the timer time  
/
buttons so that it matches with contents noted in  
SET  
a memo, and then push  
button. (OK if display goes on.)  
2) Do nothing if data is same as those in the memo.  
7. Using temperature setup buttons, change the item code (DN).  
/
Check also the contents of the setup data and then change them it to those in the memo.  
8. Then repeat operations in items 6. and 7.  
TEST  
9. After setup operation, push  
button to return to the normal stop status.  
6
In a group operation, turn off the power supply once, return the group wires between indoor units and CN41  
connectors as before, and then turn on power of all the indoor units.  
(It requires approx. 1 minute to operate the remote controller.)  
The item code (DN) is consisted with 01 to FF . DN No. may jump on the way.  
SET  
Even if pushing  
button after changing the data incorrectly, the data can be returned to one before  
CL  
change by pushing  
button before changing the item code (DN).  
<EEPROM layout>  
EEPROM (IC10) is attached to IC socket.To remove it, use a pair of tweezers, etc.  
To attach EEPROM, arrange the direction as shown in the following figures.  
In exchanging time, pay attention not to bend the lead wire of IC.  
P.C. board (MCC-1402)  
P.C. board (MCC-1403)  
EPROM (IC10)  
Align notch directions of IC socket  
and EEPROM for installation.  
Notch  
EPROM  
IC socket Notch  
EPROM (IC10)  
111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
<Make a note of the setup contents. (Item code list (Example))>  
DN  
Item  
Memo  
Setup at shipment from factory  
According to type  
01 Filter sign lighting time  
02 Dirty condition of filter  
03 Central control address  
06 Heating inlet temp. shift  
0d Cooling Auto mode existence  
0F Cooling only/Heat pump select  
10 Type  
0000: Standard  
0099: Undefined  
0002: +2°C (Floor standing: 0)  
0001: No auto mode cooling/heating  
0000: Heat pump  
* Automatic selection  
by connected  
outdoor unit  
(
)
According to model type  
According to capacity code  
0099: Undefined  
11 Indoor unit capacity  
12 Line address  
13 Indoor unit address  
14 Group address  
0099: Undefined  
0099: Undefined  
19 Flap type (Air direction adjustment)  
According to type  
Temp. width between cooling and heating  
automatic selective control points  
1E  
0003: 3 deg (Ts ± 1.5)  
28 Automatic restart from power failure  
2E HA terminal (T10) selection  
32 Sensor select  
0000: None  
0000: Normal  
0000: Body sensor  
0000: Standard  
0000: Possible  
5d High ceiling selection  
60 Timer setup (Wired remote controller)  
Type  
Item code [10]  
Indoor unit capacity  
Item code [11]  
Setup  
data  
Model  
abb. name  
Setup data  
0000  
0001  
0002  
0003  
0004  
0005  
0006  
0007  
0008  
0009  
0010  
0011  
0012  
0013  
0014  
0015  
Model  
Invalid  
007 type  
Setup data  
0016  
0017  
0018  
0019  
0020  
0021  
0022  
0023  
0024  
0025  
0026  
0027  
0028  
~
Model  
Type  
0000  
1-way Air Discharge Cassette  
MMU-AP✻✻SH  
MMU-AP✻✻H  
MMU-AP✻✻WH  
048 type  
00014-way Air Discharge Cassette  
056 type  
0002  
0003  
0004  
0005  
2-way Air Discharge Cassette  
009 type  
1-way Air Discharge Cassette  
(Compact type)  
MMU-AP✻✻YH  
Concealed Duct Standard  
Slim Duct  
MMD-AP✻✻BH  
012 type  
072 type  
MMD-AP✻✻SPH  
MMD-AP✻✻SH  
015 type  
096 type  
0006  
0007  
0008  
0009  
0010  
0011  
0012  
0013  
Concealed Duct High Static Pressure MMD-AP✻✻H  
Under Ceiling  
High Wall  
MMC-AP✻✻H  
MMK-AP✻✻H  
018 type  
Floor Standing Cabinet  
MML-AP✻✻H  
MML-AP✻✻BH  
MMF-AP ∗∗∗ H  
MMF-AP✻✻H  
024 type  
027 type  
030 type  
Floor Standing Concealed  
(Floor Standing 8, 10HP)  
Floor Standing (Below 6HP)  
0034  
Compact 4-way Air Discharge  
Cassette  
0014  
MMU-AP✻✻MH  
036 type  
The initial setup value of EEPROM installed on the service P.C. board  
112  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST  
11-1. Ceiling Panel  
RBC-UM11PG(W)E  
308  
316  
302  
315  
307  
314  
309  
311  
304  
312  
310  
313  
305  
303  
306  
301  
Location  
No.  
Location  
No.  
Part No.  
Description  
Part No.  
Description  
301  
302  
303  
304  
305  
306  
307  
308  
43109414 Grille, Air Inlet  
4302C059 Motor, Louver  
43180332 Air Filter  
43497012 Screw  
43100322 Cover, Panel Ass’y  
43107259 Grille, Catch  
309  
310  
311  
312  
313  
314  
315  
316  
43122091 Joint, Kit (A)  
43122092 Joint, Kit (B)  
43122093 Louver  
43107261 Outlet, Air Form  
43100369 Panel  
43107262 Fix, Motor  
43107263 Fix, Motor  
43160580 Lead, Motor  
43122089 Cover, Joint (For Joint)  
43122090 Cover, Joint (For Motor)  
113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11-2. Compact 4-way Air Discharge CassetteType  
MMU-AP0071MH, AP0091MH, AP0121MH, AP0151MH, AP0181MH  
234  
223  
245  
202  
221  
203,  
204  
231  
228  
201  
209,  
210  
235  
236  
241  
205  
247  
233  
237  
224  
242, 234, 244  
222  
238, 239, 240  
226  
225  
229  
227  
229  
206  
206 230  
230  
215  
213  
215  
213  
207  
208  
220  
220  
232  
232  
219  
218  
217  
214  
216  
246  
211  
0151MH, 0181MH  
212  
0071MH, 0091MH, 0121MH  
114  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model Name MMU-AP  
Location  
No.  
Part No.  
Description  
Remarks  
0071MH 0091MH 0121MH 0151MH 0181MH  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
43120225 Fan Ass’y, Turbo  
43122094 Bell Mouth  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
43172185 Pan Ass’y, Drain  
43172186 Pan Ass’y, Drain  
43121738 Motor, Fan  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SWF-230-60-1R  
EDM-MD12TF-3  
EDM-B25YGTF-3  
EDM-B40YGTF-3  
1
1
1
1
43146707 Motor, PMV  
43146713 Valve, PMV  
43146714 Valve, PMV  
1
1
1
1
Refrigeration  
4314J263  
209  
210  
Cycle Ass’y  
Refrigeration  
4314J264  
1
1
1
Cycle Ass’y  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
221  
222  
223  
4314Q006 Distributor Ass’y  
4314Q007 Distributor Ass’y  
43047685 Nut, Flare  
43049776 Socket  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/4 IN  
3/8 IN  
1/4 IN  
1/2 IN  
1/2 IN  
43149351 Socket  
1
1
1
1
1
1
43047688 Nut, Flare  
43149353 Socket  
43047609 Bonnet  
1
1
1
43147195 Bonnet  
1/2 IN  
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
43049697 Bonnet  
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
43170244 Hose, Drain  
43079249 Band, Hose  
43060029 Filter, Noise  
Holder, Lead,  
43163052  
224  
1
1
1
1
1
Fan Motor  
225  
226  
227  
228  
229  
230  
231  
232  
233  
234  
235  
236  
43119482 Cover Ass’y Body  
43170248 Hose, Drain  
43119483 Cover, Pipe  
43097212 Nut  
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
43107215 Holder, Sensor  
43019904 Holder, Sensor  
43179135 Band, Hose  
43149314 Sheet, PMV  
43139137 Rubber, Cushion  
43162056 Cover, E-Box  
43177001 Pump, Drain  
43151289 Switch, Float  
Rubber,  
43179126  
237  
3
3
3
3
3
Pump Drain  
238  
239  
240  
241  
242  
243  
244  
245  
246  
247  
43166002 Remote Controller  
43166004 Remote Controller  
43166005 Remote Controller  
43166006 Remote Controller  
4311M422 Owner’s Manual  
4318T727 Owner’s Manual  
4318T631 Owner’s Manual  
43119475 Guard Fan  
SX-A1EE  
SX-A11JE2  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
EX-W2JE2  
WH-H1JE2  
MMY-MAP1201HT8  
MCY-MAP0401HT  
MMY-MAP1201FT8  
43149355 Nut, Flare  
3/8 IN  
43197155 Washer  
3
3
115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
401  
403  
406  
402  
404  
405  
Model Name MMU-AP  
Location  
No.  
Part No.  
Description  
0071MH 0091MH 0121MH 0151MH 0181MH  
401  
402  
403  
404  
405  
43050425 Sensor Ass’y, Service, TC  
43050426 Sensor, Service, TA  
43050320 Sensor Ass’y, Service, TG  
43160574 Terminal, 4P  
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
43160575 Terminal Block, 2P, 20A  
P.C. Board Ass’y,  
4316V289  
406  
1
1
1
1
1
MCC-1402  
116  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION  
2 CHOME 12-32, KONAN, MINATOKU, TOKYO, 108-0075, JAPAN  
Copyright © 2005 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION, ALL Rights Reserved.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Technics Universal Remote RAK SA937MK User Manual
Techno Source Handheld Game System 20765 User Manual
Tesla Portable Generator TI4100 GPU 24 User Manual
Toastmaster Oven TOV400CAN User Manual
Tokina Camera Accessories TC0412AI User Manual
Topcom Automobile Accessories NM 500 H User Manual
Toshiba Computer Drive MK4019GAX User Manual
Toyota Network Cables 00452 PRG07 SOL User Manual
Tyco Motorized Toy Car 2847 27 User Manual
Viking Refrigerator VURD144T User Manual